President Trump's Executive Order 13769 by ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP - February 10, 2017 With Karen Stewart

Published by ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP, LTD.
, Copyright 2017
8977
Federal Register Presidential Documents

Vol. 82, No. 20
Wednesday, February 1, 2017
Title 3 Executive Order 13769 of January 27, 2017
The President Protecting the Nation From Foreign Terrorist Entry Into the
United States
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws

of the United States of America, including the Immigration and Nationality
Act (INA), 8 U.S.C. 1101 et seq., and section 301 of title 3, United States
Code, and to protect the American people from terrorist attacks by foreign
nationals admitted to the United States, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Purpose. The visa-issuance process plays a crucial role in detecting
individuals with terrorist ties and stopping them from entering the United
States. Perhaps in no instance was that more apparent than the terrorist
attacks of September 11, 2001, when State Department policy prevented
consular officers from properly scrutinizing the visa applications of several
of the 19 foreign nationals who went on to murder nearly 3,000 Americans.
And while the visa-issuance process was reviewed and amended after the
September 11 attacks to better detect would-be terrorists from receiving
visas, these measures did not stop attacks by foreign nationals who were
admitted to the United States.
Numerous foreign-born individuals have been convicted or implicated in
terrorism-related crimes since September 11, 2001, including foreign nation-
als who entered the United States after receiving visitor, student, or employ-
ment visas, or who entered through the United States refugee resettlement
program. Deteriorating conditions in certain countries due to war, strife,
disaster, and civil unrest increase the likelihood that terrorists will use
any means possible to enter the United States. The United States must
be vigilant during the visa-issuance process to ensure that those approved
for admission do not intend to harm Americans and that they have no
ties to terrorism.
In order to protect Americans, the United States must ensure that those
admitted to this country do not bear hostile attitudes toward it and its
founding principles. The United States cannot, and should not, admit those
who do not support the Constitution, or those who would place violent
ideologies over American law. In addition, the United States should not
admit those who engage in acts of bigotry or hatred (including honor
killings, other forms of violence against women, or the persecution of those
who practice religions different from their own) or those who would oppress
Americans of any race, gender, or sexual orientation.
Sec. 2. Policy. It is the policy of the United States to protect its citizens
from foreign nationals who intend to commit terrorist attacks in the United
States; and to prevent the admission of foreign nationals who intend to
exploit United States immigration laws for malevolent purposes.
Sec. 3. Suspension of Issuance of Visas and Other Immigration Benefits
to Nationals of Countries of Particular Concern. (a) The Secretary of Home-
land Security, in consultation with the Secretary of State and the Director
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with PRES DOCS
of National Intelligence, shall immediately conduct a review to determine

the information needed from any country to adjudicate any visa, admission,
or other benefit under the INA (adjudications) in order to determine that
the individual seeking the benefit is who the individual claims to be and
is not a security or public-safety threat.
(b) The Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation with the Secretary
of State and the Director of National Intelligence, shall submit to the President
President Trump's Executive Order 13769 Page 1 of 44 Friday February 10, 2017
VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:43 Jan 31, 2017 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4705 Sfmt 4790 E:\FR\FM\01FEE0.SGM 01FEE0
Published by ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP, LTD., Copyright 2017
8978 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 20 / Wednesday, February 1, 2017 / Presidential Documents
a report on the results of the review described in subsection (a) of this

section, including the Secretary of Homeland Securitys determination of
the information needed for adjudications and a list of countries that do
not provide adequate information, within 30 days of the date of this order.
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall provide a copy of the report
to the Secretary of State and the Director of National Intelligence.
(c) To temporarily reduce investigative burdens on relevant agencies during
the review period described in subsection (a) of this section, to ensure
the proper review and maximum utilization of available resources for the
screening of foreign nationals, and to ensure that adequate standards are
established to prevent infiltration by foreign terrorists or criminals, pursuant
to section 212(f) of the INA, 8 U.S.C. 1182(f), I hereby proclaim that the
immigrant and nonimmigrant entry into the United States of aliens from
countries referred to in section 217(a)(12) of the INA, 8 U.S.C. 1187(a)(12),
would be detrimental to the interests of the United States, and I hereby
suspend entry into the United States, as immigrants and nonimmigrants,
of such persons for 90 days from the date of this order (excluding those
foreign nationals traveling on diplomatic visas, North Atlantic Treaty Organi-
zation visas, C2 visas for travel to the United Nations, and G1, G2,
G3, and G4 visas).
(d) Immediately upon receipt of the report described in subsection (b)
of this section regarding the information needed for adjudications, the Sec-
retary of State shall request all foreign governments that do not supply
such information to start providing such information regarding their nationals
within 60 days of notification.
(e) After the 60-day period described in subsection (d) of this section
expires, the Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation with the Sec-
retary of State, shall submit to the President a list of countries recommended
for inclusion on a Presidential proclamation that would prohibit the entry
of foreign nationals (excluding those foreign nationals traveling on diplomatic
visas, North Atlantic Treaty Organization visas, C2 visas for travel to the
United Nations, and G1, G2, G3, and G4 visas) from countries that
do not provide the information requested pursuant to subsection (d) of
this section until compliance occurs.
(f) At any point after submitting the list described in subsection (e) of
this section, the Secretary of State or the Secretary of Homeland Security
may submit to the President the names of any additional countries rec-
ommended for similar treatment.
(g) Notwithstanding a suspension pursuant to subsection (c) of this section
or pursuant to a Presidential proclamation described in subsection (e) of
this section, the Secretaries of State and Homeland Security may, on a
case-by-case basis, and when in the national interest, issue visas or other
immigration benefits to nationals of countries for which visas and benefits
are otherwise blocked.
(h) The Secretaries of State and Homeland Security shall submit to the
President a joint report on the progress in implementing this order within
30 days of the date of this order, a second report within 60 days of the
date of this order, a third report within 90 days of the date of this order,
and a fourth report within 120 days of the date of this order.
Sec. 4. Implementing Uniform Screening Standards for All Immigration Pro-
grams. (a) The Secretary of State, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the
Director of National Intelligence, and the Director of the Federal Bureau
of Investigation shall implement a program, as part of the adjudication

process for immigration benefits, to identify individuals seeking to enter
the United States on a fraudulent basis with the intent to cause harm,
or who are at risk of causing harm subsequent to their admission. This
program will include the development of a uniform screening standard
and procedure, such as in-person interviews; a database of identity docu-
ments proffered by applicants to ensure that duplicate documents are not
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 20 / Wednesday, February 1, 2017 / Presidential Documents 8979
used by multiple applicants; amended application forms that include ques-

tions aimed at identifying fraudulent answers and malicious intent; a mecha-
nism to ensure that the applicant is who the applicant claims to be; a
process to evaluate the applicants likelihood of becoming a positively con-
tributing member of society and the applicants ability to make contributions
to the national interest; and a mechanism to assess whether or not the
applicant has the intent to commit criminal or terrorist acts after entering
the United States.
(b) The Secretary of Homeland Security, in conjunction with the Secretary
of State, the Director of National Intelligence, and the Director of the Federal
Bureau of Investigation, shall submit to the President an initial report on
the progress of this directive within 60 days of the date of this order,
a second report within 100 days of the date of this order, and a third
report within 200 days of the date of this order.
Sec. 5. Realignment of the U.S. Refugee Admissions Program for Fiscal
Year 2017. (a) The Secretary of State shall suspend the U.S. Refugee Admis-
sions Program (USRAP) for 120 days. During the 120-day period, the Secretary
of State, in conjunction with the Secretary of Homeland Security and in
consultation with the Director of National Intelligence, shall review the
USRAP application and adjudication process to determine what additional
procedures should be taken to ensure that those approved for refugee admis-
sion do not pose a threat to the security and welfare of the United States,
and shall implement such additional procedures. Refugee applicants who
are already in the USRAP process may be admitted upon the initiation
and completion of these revised procedures. Upon the date that is 120
days after the date of this order, the Secretary of State shall resume USRAP
admissions only for nationals of countries for which the Secretary of State,
the Secretary of Homeland Security, and the Director of National Intelligence
have jointly determined that such additional procedures are adequate to
ensure the security and welfare of the United States.
(b) Upon the resumption of USRAP admissions, the Secretary of State,
in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security, is further directed
to make changes, to the extent permitted by law, to prioritize refugee claims
made by individuals on the basis of religious-based persecution, provided
that the religion of the individual is a minority religion in the individuals
country of nationality. Where necessary and appropriate, the Secretaries
of State and Homeland Security shall recommend legislation to the President
that would assist with such prioritization.
(c) Pursuant to section 212(f) of the INA, 8 U.S.C. 1182(f), I hereby proclaim
that the entry of nationals of Syria as refugees is detrimental to the interests
of the United States and thus suspend any such entry until such time
as I have determined that sufficient changes have been made to the USRAP
to ensure that admission of Syrian refugees is consistent with the national
interest.
(d) Pursuant to section 212(f) of the INA, 8 U.S.C. 1182(f), I hereby
proclaim that the entry of more than 50,000 refugees in fiscal year 2017
would be detrimental to the interests of the United States, and thus suspend
any such entry until such time as I determine that additional admissions
would be in the national interest.
(e) Notwithstanding the temporary suspension imposed pursuant to sub-
section (a) of this section, the Secretaries of State and Homeland Security
may jointly determine to admit individuals to the United States as refugees
on a case-by-case basis, in their discretion, but only so long as they determine
that the admission of such individuals as refugees is in the national interest

including when the person is a religious minority in his country of nationality
facing religious persecution, when admitting the person would enable the
United States to conform its conduct to a preexisting international agreement,
or when the person is already in transit and denying admission would
cause undue hardshipand it would not pose a risk to the security or
welfare of the United States.
(f) The Secretary of State shall submit to the President an initial report
on the progress of the directive in subsection (b) of this section regarding
prioritization of claims made by individuals on the basis of religious-based
persecution within 100 days of the date of this order and shall submit
a second report within 200 days of the date of this order.
(g) It is the policy of the executive branch that, to the extent permitted
by law and as practicable, State and local jurisdictions be granted a role
in the process of determining the placement or settlement in their jurisdic-
tions of aliens eligible to be admitted to the United States as refugees.
To that end, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall examine existing
law to determine the extent to which, consistent with applicable law, State
and local jurisdictions may have greater involvement in the process of
determining the placement or resettlement of refugees in their jurisdictions,
and shall devise a proposal to lawfully promote such involvement.
Sec. 6. Rescission of Exercise of Authority Relating to the Terrorism Grounds
of Inadmissibility. The Secretaries of State and Homeland Security shall,
in consultation with the Attorney General, consider rescinding the exercises
of authority in section 212 of the INA, 8 U.S.C. 1182, relating to the terrorism
grounds of inadmissibility, as well as any related implementing memoranda.
Sec. 7. Expedited Completion of the Biometric Entry-Exit Tracking System.
(a) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall expedite the completion and
implementation of a biometric entry-exit tracking system for all travelers
to the United States, as recommended by the National Commission on Ter-
rorist Attacks Upon the United States.
(b) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall submit to the President
periodic reports on the progress of the directive contained in subsection
(a) of this section. The initial report shall be submitted within 100 days
of the date of this order, a second report shall be submitted within 200
days of the date of this order, and a third report shall be submitted within
365 days of the date of this order. Further, the Secretary shall submit
a report every 180 days thereafter until the system is fully deployed and
operational.
Sec. 8. Visa Interview Security. (a) The Secretary of State shall immediately
suspend the Visa Interview Waiver Program and ensure compliance with
section 222 of the INA, 8 U.S.C. 1202, which requires that all individuals
seeking a nonimmigrant visa undergo an in-person interview, subject to
specific statutory exceptions.
(b) To the extent permitted by law and subject to the availability of
appropriations, the Secretary of State shall immediately expand the Consular
Fellows Program, including by substantially increasing the number of Fel-
lows, lengthening or making permanent the period of service, and making
language training at the Foreign Service Institute available to Fellows for
assignment to posts outside of their area of core linguistic ability, to ensure
that non-immigrant visa-interview wait times are not unduly affected.
Sec. 9. Visa Validity Reciprocity. The Secretary of State shall review all
nonimmigrant visa reciprocity agreements to ensure that they are, with re-
spect to each visa classification, truly reciprocal insofar as practicable with
respect to validity period and fees, as required by sections 221(c) and 281
of the INA, 8 U.S.C. 1201(c) and 1351, and other treatment. If a country
does not treat United States nationals seeking nonimmigrant visas in a
reciprocal manner, the Secretary of State shall adjust the visa validity period,
fee schedule, or other treatment to match the treatment of United States
nationals by the foreign country, to the extent practicable.

Sec. 10. Transparency and Data Collection. (a) To be more transparent
with the American people, and to more effectively implement policies and
practices that serve the national interest, the Secretary of Homeland Security,
in consultation with the Attorney General, shall, consistent with applicable
law and national security, collect and make publicly available within 180
days, and every 180 days thereafter:
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 20 / Wednesday, February 1, 2017 / Presidential Documents 8981
(i) information regarding the number of foreign nationals in the United

States who have been charged with terrorism-related offenses while in
the United States; convicted of terrorism-related offenses while in the
United States; or removed from the United States based on terrorism-
related activity, affiliation, or material support to a terrorism-related organi-
zation, or any other national security reasons since the date of this order
or the last reporting period, whichever is later;
(ii) information regarding the number of foreign nationals in the United
States who have been radicalized after entry into the United States and
engaged in terrorism-related acts, or who have provided material support
to terrorism-related organizations in countries that pose a threat to the
United States, since the date of this order or the last reporting period,
whichever is later; and
(iii) information regarding the number and types of acts of gender-based
violence against women, including honor killings, in the United States
by foreign nationals, since the date of this order or the last reporting
period, whichever is later; and
(iv) any other information relevant to public safety and security as deter-
mined by the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Attorney General,
including information on the immigration status of foreign nationals
charged with major offenses.
(b) The Secretary of State shall, within one year of the date of this
order, provide a report on the estimated long-term costs of the USRAP
at the Federal, State, and local levels.
Sec. 11. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed
to impair or otherwise affect:
(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency,
or the head thereof; or
(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget
relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and
subject to the availability of appropriations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit,
substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party
against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers,
employees, or agents, or any other person.
THE WHITE HOUSE,

January 27, 2017.
[FR Doc. 201702281

Filed 13117; 11:15 am]
Billing code 3295F7P
Trump.EPS</GPH>
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Case 2:17-cv-00141-JLR Document
Published52 Filed 02/03/17
by ADVANCED MEDIAPage 1 ofLTD.,
GROUP, 7 Copyright 2017
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FOR PUBLICATION
UNITED STATES COURT OF APPEALS

FOR THE NINTH CIRCUIT
STATE OF WASHINGTON; STATE OF No. 17-35105

MINNESOTA,
Plaintiffs-Appellees, D.C. No.
2:17-cv-00141
v.
DONALD J. TRUMP, President of the ORDER

United States; U.S. DEPARTMENT OF
HOMELAND SECURITY; REX W.
TILLERSON, Secretary of State; JOHN
F. KELLY, Secretary of the
Department of Homeland Security;
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,
Defendants-Appellants.
Motion for Stay of an Order of the

United States District Court for the
Western District of Washington
James L. Robart, District Judge, Presiding
Argued and Submitted February 7, 2017
Filed February 9, 2017
Before: William C. Canby, Richard R. Clifton, and

Michelle T. Friedland, Circuit Judges
Per Curiam Order
President Trump's Executive

Page
Order
16 13769
of 44 Friday February 10, 2017
2 STATE OF WASHINGTON V. TRUMP
COUNSEL
August E. Flentje (argued), Special Counsel to the Assistant

Attorney General; Douglas N. Letter, Sharon Swingle, H.
Thomas Byron, Lowell V. Sturgill Jr., and Catherine Dorsey,
Attorneys, Appellate Staff; Chad A. Readler, Acting
Assistant Attorney General; Noel J. Francisco, Acting
Solicitor General; Civil Division, United States Department
of Justice, Washington, D.C., for Defendants-Appellants.
Noah G. Purcell (argued), Solicitor General; Marsha Chien

and Patricio A. Marquez, Assistant Attorneys General;
Colleen M. Melody, Civil Rights Unit Chief; Anne E.
Egeler, Deputy Solicitor General; Robert W. Ferguson,
Attorney General; Attorney Generals Office, Seattle,
Washington; for Plaintiff-Appellee State of Washington.
Jacob Campion, Assistant Attorney General; Alan I. Gilbert,

Solicitor General; Lori Swanson, Attorney General; Office
of the Attorney General, St. Paul, Minnesota; for Plaintiff-
Appellee State of Minnesota.
ORDER
PER CURIAM:
At issue in this emergency proceeding is Executive

Order 13769, Protecting the Nation From Foreign Terrorist
Entry Into the United States, which, among other changes
to immigration policies and procedures, bans for 90 days the
entry into the United States of individuals from seven
countries. Two States challenged the Executive Order as
unconstitutional and violative of federal law, and a federal
district court preliminarily ruled in their favor and

Page
Order
17 13769
STATE OF WASHINGTON V. TRUMP 3
temporarily enjoined enforcement of the Executive Order.

The Government now moves for an emergency stay of the
district courts temporary restraining order while its appeal
of that order proceeds.
To rule on the Governments motion, we must consider

several factors, including whether the Government has
shown that it is likely to succeed on the merits of its appeal,
the degree of hardship caused by a stay or its denial, and the
public interest in granting or denying a stay. We assess those
factors in light of the limited evidence put forward by both
parties at this very preliminary stage and are mindful that our
analysis of the hardships and public interest in this case
involves particularly sensitive and weighty concerns on both
sides. Nevertheless, we hold that the Government has not
shown a likelihood of success on the merits of its appeal, nor
has it shown that failure to enter a stay would cause
irreparable injury, and we therefore deny its emergency
motion for a stay.
Background
On January 27, 2017, the President issued Executive

Order 13769, Protecting the Nation From Foreign Terrorist
Entry Into the United States (the Executive Order).
82 Fed. Reg. 8,977. Citing the terrorist attacks of September
11, 2001, and stating that numerous foreign-born
individuals have been convicted or implicated in terrorism-
related crimes since then, the Executive Order declares that
the United States must ensure that those admitted to this
country do not bear hostile attitudes toward it and its
founding principles. Id. It asserts, Deteriorating
conditions in certain countries due to war, strife, disaster,
and civil unrest increase the likelihood that terrorists will use
any means possible to enter the United States. The United

Page
Order
18 13769
States must be vigilant during the visa-issuance process to

ensure that those approved for admission do not intend to
harm Americans and that they have no ties to terrorism. Id.
The Executive Order makes several changes to the

policies and procedures by which non-citizens may enter the
United States. Three are at issue here. First, section 3(c) of
the Executive Order suspends for 90 days the entry of aliens
from seven countries: Iraq, Iran, Libya, Somalia, Sudan,
Syria, and Yemen. 82 Fed. Reg. 8,977-78 (citing the
Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) 217(a)(12),
codified at 8 U.S.C. 1187(a)(12)). Second, section 5(a) of
the Executive Order suspends for 120 days the United States
Refugee Admissions Program. 82 Fed. Reg. 8,979. Upon
resumption of the refugee program, section 5(b) of the
Executive Order directs the Secretary of State to prioritize
refugee claims based on religious persecution where a
refugees religion is the minority religion in the country of
his or her nationality. Id. Third, section 5(c) of the
Executive Order suspends indefinitely the entry of all Syrian
refugees. Id. Sections 3(g) and 5(e) of the Executive Order
allow the Secretaries of State and Homeland Security to
make case-by-case exceptions to these provisions when in
the national interest. 82 Fed. Reg. 8,978-80. Section 5(e)
states that situations that would be in the national interest
include when the person is a religious minority in his
country of nationality facing religious persecution. 82 Fed.
Reg. 8,979. The Executive Order requires the Secretaries of
State and Homeland Security and the Director of National
Intelligence to evaluate the United States visa, admission,
and refugee programs during the periods in which entry is
suspended. 82 Fed. Reg. 8,977-80.
The impact of the Executive Order was immediate and

widespread. It was reported that thousands of visas were

Page
Order
19 13769
immediately canceled, hundreds of travelers with such visas

were prevented from boarding airplanes bound for the
United States or denied entry on arrival, and some travelers
were detained. Three days later, on January 30, 2017, the
State of Washington filed suit in the United States District
Court for the Western District of Washington, challenging
sections 3(c), 5(a)-(c), and 5(e) of the Executive Order,
naming as defendants the President, the Secretary of the
Department of Homeland Security, the Secretary of State,
and the United States (collectively, the Government).
Washington alleged that the Executive Order
unconstitutionally and illegally stranded its residents abroad,
split their families, restricted their travel, and damaged the
States economy and public universities in violation of the
First and Fifth Amendments, the INA, the Foreign Affairs
Reform and Restructuring Act, the Religious Freedom
Restoration Act, and the Administrative Procedure Act.
Washington also alleged that the Executive Order was not
truly meant to protect against terror attacks by foreign
nationals but rather was intended to enact a Muslim ban as
the President had stated during his presidential campaign
that he would do.
Washington asked the district court to declare that the

challenged sections of the Executive Order are illegal and
unconstitutional and to enjoin their enforcement nationwide.
On the same day, Washington filed an emergency motion for
a temporary restraining order (TRO) seeking to enjoin the
enforcement of sections 3(c), 5(a)-(c), and 5(e) of the
Executive Order. Two days later, Washingtons Complaint
was amended to add the State of Minnesota as a plaintiff and
to add a claim under the Tenth Amendment. Washington
and Minnesota (collectively, the States) jointly filed an
amended motion for a TRO. The Government opposed the

Page
Order
20 13769
motion the next day, and the district court held a hearing the
day after that.
That evening, the court entered a written order granting

the TRO. Washington v. Trump, No. C17-0141-JLR, 2017
WL 462040 (W.D. Wash. Feb. 3, 2017). The district court
preliminarily concluded that significant and ongoing harm
was being inflicted on substantial numbers of people, to the
detriment of the States, by means of an Executive Order that
the States were likely to be able to prove was unlawful. Id.
at *2. The district court enjoined and restrained the
nationwide enforcement of sections 3(c) and 5(a)-(c) in their
entirety. Id. It enjoined section 5(e) to the extent that section
purports to prioritize refugee claims of certain religious
minorities, and prohibited the government from
proceeding with any action that prioritizes the refugee
claims of certain religious minorities. The court also
directed the parties to propose a briefing schedule for the
States request for a preliminary injunction and denied the
Governments motion to stay the TRO pending an
emergency appeal. Id. at *3.
The Government filed a notice of appeal the next day and

sought an emergency stay in this court, including an
immediate stay while its emergency stay motion was under
consideration. We denied the request for an immediate stay
and set deadlines for the filing of responsive and reply briefs
on the emergency stay motion over the next two days. 1
Washington v. Trump, No. 17-35105, 2017 WL 469608 (9th
Cir. Feb. 4, 2017). The motion was submitted after oral
argument was conducted by telephone.
1
We have also received many amicus curiae briefs in support of
both the Government and the States.

Page
Order
21 13769
Appellate Jurisdiction
The States argue that we lack jurisdiction over the

Governments stay motion because the Governments
appeal is premature. A TRO is not ordinarily appealable.
See Bennett v. Medtronic, Inc., 285 F.3d 801, 804 (9th Cir.
2002). We may nonetheless review an order styled as a TRO
if it possesses the qualities of a preliminary injunction.
Serv. Emps. Intl Union v. Natl Union of Healthcare
Workers, 598 F.3d 1061, 1067 (9th Cir. 2010). This rule has
ordinarily required the would-be appellant to show that the
TRO was strongly challenged in adversarial proceedings
before the district court and that it has or will remain in force
for longer than the fourteen-day period identified in Federal
Rule of Civil Procedure 65(b). See, e.g., id.
We are satisfied that in the extraordinary circumstances

of this case, the district courts order possesses the qualities
of an appealable preliminary injunction. The parties
vigorously contested the legal basis for the TRO in written
briefs and oral arguments before the district court. The
district courts order has no expiration date, and no hearing
has been scheduled. Although the district court has recently
scheduled briefing on the States motion for a preliminary
injunction, it is apparent from the district courts scheduling
order that the TRO will remain in effect for longer than
fourteen days. In light of the unusual circumstances of this
case, in which the Government has argued that emergency
relief is necessary to support its efforts to prevent terrorism,
we believe that this period is long enough that the TRO

Page
Order
22 13769
should be considered to have the qualities of a reviewable

preliminary injunction. 2
Standing
The Government argues that the district court lacked

subject matter jurisdiction because the States have no
standing to sue. We have an independent obligation to
ascertain our jurisdiction, Arbaugh v. Y & H Corp., 546 U.S.
500, 514 (2006), and we consider the Governments
argument de novo, see, e.g., Hajro v. U.S. Citizenship &
Immigration Servs., 811 F.3d 1086, 1098 (9th Cir. 2016).
We conclude that the States have made a sufficient showing
to support standing, at least at this preliminary stage of the
proceedings.
Article III, section 2 of the Constitution allows federal

courts to consider only Cases and Controversies.
Massachusetts v. EPA, 549 U.S. 497, 516 (2007). Those
two words confine the business of federal courts to
questions presented in an adversary context and in a form
historically viewed as capable of resolution through the
judicial process. Id. (quoting Flast v. Cohen, 392 U.S. 83,
95 (1968)). Standing is an essential and unchanging part of
the case-or-controversy requirement and is therefore a
prerequisite to our jurisdiction. See Lujan v. Defs. of
Wildlife, 504 U.S. 555, 560 (1992). The gist of the question
of standing is whether the plaintiff has a sufficiently
personal stake in the outcome of the controversy to ensure
that the parties will be truly adverse and their legal
2
Our conclusion here does not preclude consideration of appellate
jurisdiction at the merits stage of this appeal. See Natl Indus., Inc. v.
Republic Natl Life Ins. Co., 677 F.2d 1258, 1262 (9th Cir. 1982).

Page
Order
23 13769
presentations sharpened. Massachusetts, 549 U.S. at 517

(quoting Baker v. Carr, 369 U.S. 186, 204 (1962)).
To establish Article III standing, a plaintiff must

demonstrate that it has suffered a concrete and
particularized injury that is either actual or imminent, that
the injury is fairly traceable to the defendant, and that it is
likely that a favorable decision will redress that injury. Id.
(citing Lujan, 504 U.S. at 560-61).
Because standing is an indispensable part of the

plaintiffs case, it must be supported in the same way as
any other matter on which the plaintiff bears the burden of
proof, i.e., with the manner and degree of evidence required
at the successive stages of the litigation. Lujan, 504 U.S. at
561. At this very preliminary stage of the litigation, the
States may rely on the allegations in their Complaint and
whatever other evidence they submitted in support of their
TRO motion to meet their burden. See id. With these
allegations and evidence, the States must make a clear
showing of each element of standing. Townley v. Miller,
722 F.3d 1128, 1133 (9th Cir. 2013). 3
The States argue that the Executive Order causes a

concrete and particularized injury to their public universities,
which the parties do not dispute are branches of the States
under state law. See, e.g., Hontz v. State, 714 P.2d 1176,
1180 (Wash. 1986) (en banc); Univ. of Minn. v. Raygor,
620 N.W.2d 680, 683 (Minn. 2001).
3
Our decision in Townley concerned a motion for a preliminary
injunction, but the legal standards applicable to TROs and preliminary
injunctions are substantially identical. Stuhlbarg Intl Sales Co., Inc.
v. John D. Brush & Co., Inc., 240 F.3d 832, 839 n.7 (9th Cir. 2001).

Page
Order
24 13769
Specifically, the States allege that the teaching and

research missions of their universities are harmed by the
Executive Orders effect on their faculty and students who
are nationals of the seven affected countries. These students
and faculty cannot travel for research, academic
collaboration, or for personal reasons, and their families
abroad cannot visit. Some have been stranded outside the
country, unable to return to the universities at all. The
schools cannot consider attractive student candidates and
cannot hire faculty from the seven affected countries, which
they have done in the past.
According to declarations filed by the States, for

example, two visiting scholars who had planned to spend
time at Washington State University were not permitted to
enter the United States; one was informed he would be
unable to obtain a visa. Similarly, the University of
Washington was in the process of sponsoring three
prospective employees from countries covered by the
Executive Order for visas; it had made plans for their arrival
beginning in February 2017, but they have been unable to
enter the United States. The University of Washington also
sponsored two medicine and science interns who have been
prevented by the Executive Order from coming to the
University of Washington. The University of Washington
has already incurred the costs of visa applications for those
interns and will lose its investment if they are not admitted.
Both schools have a mission of global engagement and
rely on such visiting students, scholars, and faculty to
advance their educational goals. Students and faculty at
Minnesotas public universities were similarly restricted
from traveling for academic and personal reasons.
Under the third party standing doctrine, these injuries

to the state universities give the States standing to assert the

Page
Order
25 13769
rights of the students, scholars, and faculty affected by the

Executive Order. See Singleton v. Wulff, 428 U.S. 106, 114-
16 (1976) (explaining that third-party standing is allowed
when the third partys interests are inextricably bound up
with the activity the litigant wishes to pursue; when the
litigant is fully, or very nearly, as effective a proponent of
the right as the third party; or when the third party is less
able to assert her own rights). Vendors, for example, have
been uniformly permitted to resist efforts at restricting their
operations by acting as advocates of the rights of third parties
who seek access to their market or function. Craig v.
Boren, 429 U.S. 190, 195 (1976). Likewise, doctors have
been permitted to assert the rights of their patients. See, e.g.,
Griswold v. Connecticut, 381 U.S. 479 (1965). And
advocacy organizations such as the NAACP have been
permitted to assert the constitutional rights of their members.
See, e.g., NAACP v. Alabama, 357 U.S. 449 (1958).
Most relevant for our purposes, schools have been

permitted to assert the rights of their students. See, e.g.,
Runyon v. McCrary, 427 U.S. 160, 175 & n.13 (1976) (It is
clear that the schools have standing to assert these arguments
[asserting free-association rights, privacy rights, and a
parents right to direct the education of his children] on
behalf of their patrons.); Pierce v. Socy of Sisters, 268 U.S.
510, 536 (1925) (allowing a school to assert the right of
parents to choose schools where their children will receive
appropriate mental and religious training [and] the right of
the child to influence the parents choice of a school); Parks
Sch. of Bus., Inc. v. Symington, 51 F.3d 1480, 1487-88 (9th
Cir. 1995) (citing Pierce and rejecting the argument that the
plaintiff school had no standing to assert claims of
discrimination against its minority students); see also Ohio
Assn of Indep. Sch. v. Goff, 92 F.3d 419, 422 (6th Cir. 1996)
(citing similar authorities). As in those cases, the interests

Page
Order
26 13769
of the States universities here are aligned with their

students. The students educational success is inextricably
bound up in the universities capacity to teach them.
Singleton, 428 U.S. at 115. And the universities reputations
depend on the success of their professors research. Thus, as
the operators of state universities, the States may assert not
only their own rights to the extent affected by the Executive
Order but may also assert the rights of their students and
faculty members. 4
We therefore conclude that the States have alleged harms

to their proprietary interests traceable to the Executive
Order. The necessary connection can be drawn in at most
two logical steps: (1) the Executive Order prevents nationals
of seven countries from entering Washington and
Minnesota; (2) as a result, some of these people will not
enter state universities, some will not join those universities
as faculty, some will be prevented from performing research,
and some will not be permitted to return if they leave. And
we have no difficulty concluding that the States injuries
would be redressed if they could obtain the relief they ask
for: a declaration that the Executive Order violates the
Constitution and an injunction barring its enforcement. The
Government does not argue otherwise.
4
The Government argues that the States may not bring
Establishment Clause claims because they lack Establishment Clause
rights. Even if we assume that States lack such rights, an issue we need
not decide, that is irrelevant in this case because the States are asserting
the rights of their students and professors. Male doctors do not have
personal rights in abortion and yet any physician may assert those rights
on behalf of his female patients. See Singleton, 428 U.S. at 118.

Page
Order
27 13769
We therefore hold that the States have standing. 5
Reviewability of the Executive Order
The Government contends that the district court lacked

authority to enjoin enforcement of the Executive Order
because the President has unreviewable authority to
suspend the admission of any class of aliens. The
Government does not merely argue that courts owe
substantial deference to the immigration and national
security policy determinations of the political branchesan
uncontroversial principle that is well-grounded in our
jurisprudence. See, e.g., Cardenas v. United States, 826 F.3d
1164, 1169 (9th Cir. 2016) (recognizing that the power to
expel or exclude aliens [is] a fundamental sovereign attribute
exercised by the Governments political departments largely
immune from judicial control (quoting Fiallo v. Bell,
430 U.S. 787, 792 (1977))); see also Holder v.
Humanitarian Law Project, 561 U.S. 1, 33-34 (2010)
(explaining that courts should defer to the political branches
with respect to national security and foreign relations).
Instead, the Government has taken the position that the
Presidents decisions about immigration policy, particularly
when motivated by national security concerns, are
unreviewable, even if those actions potentially contravene
constitutional rights and protections. The Government
indeed asserts that it violates separation of powers for the
5
The States have asserted other proprietary interests and also
presented an alternative standing theory based on their ability to advance
the interests of their citizens as parens patriae. Because we conclude
that the States proprietary interests as operators of their public
universities are sufficient to support standing, we need not reach those
arguments.

Page
Order
28 13769
judiciary to entertain a constitutional challenge to executive

actions such as this one.
There is no precedent to support this claimed

unreviewability, which runs contrary to the fundamental
structure of our constitutional democracy. See Boumediene
v. Bush, 553 U.S. 723, 765 (2008) (rejecting the idea that,
even by congressional statute, Congress and the Executive
could eliminate federal court habeas jurisdiction over enemy
combatants, because the political branches lack the
power to switch the Constitution on or off at will). Within
our system, it is the role of the judiciary to interpret the law,
a duty that will sometimes require the [r]esolution of
litigation challenging the constitutional authority of one of
the three branches. Zivotofsky ex rel. Zivotofsky v. Clinton,
566 U.S. 189, 196 (2012) (quoting INS v. Chadha, 462 U.S.
919, 943 (1983)). We are called upon to perform that duty
in this case.
Although our jurisprudence has long counseled

deference to the political branches on matters of immigration
and national security, neither the Supreme Court nor our
court has ever held that courts lack the authority to review
executive action in those arenas for compliance with the
Constitution. To the contrary, the Supreme Court has
repeatedly and explicitly rejected the notion that the political
branches have unreviewable authority over immigration or
are not subject to the Constitution when policymaking in that
context. See Zadvydas v. Davis, 533 U.S. 678, 695 (2001)
(emphasizing that the power of the political branches over
immigration is subject to important constitutional
limitations); Chadha, 462 U.S. at 940-41 (rejecting the
argument that Congress has unreviewable authority over
the regulation of aliens, and affirming that courts can
review whether Congress has chosen a constitutionally

Page
Order
29 13769
permissible means of implementing that power). 6 Our

court has likewise made clear that [a]lthough alienage
classifications are closely connected to matters of foreign
policy and national security, courts can and do review
foreign policy arguments that are offered to justify
legislative or executive action when constitutional rights are
at stake. American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Comm. v.
Reno, 70 F.3d 1045, 1056 (9th Cir. 1995).
Kleindienst v. Mandel, 408 U.S. 753 (1972), does not

compel a different conclusion. The Government cites
Mandel for the proposition that when the Executive
exercises immigration authority on the basis of a facially
legitimate and bona fide reason, the courts will [not] look
behind the exercise of that discretion. The Government
omits portions of the quoted language to imply that this
standard governs judicial review of all executive exercises
of immigration authority. In fact, the Mandel standard
applies to lawsuits challenging an executive branch officials
decision to issue or deny an individual visa based on the
6
See also, e.g., Galvan v. Press, 347 U.S. 522, 530 (1954)
(reaffirming the broad power of Congress over immigration, but
observing that [i]n the enforcement of these policies, the Executive
Branch of the Government must respect the procedural safeguards of due
process); Yamataya v. Fisher, 189 U.S. 86, 100-01 (1903) (reaffirming,
in the context of adjudicating a constitutional challenge to an
immigration policy, that this court has never held, nor must we now be
understood as holding, that administrative officers, when executing the
provisions of a statute involving the liberty of persons, may disregard the
fundamental principles that inhere in due process of law as understood
at the time of the adoption of the Constitution); Chae Chan Ping v.
United States, 130 U.S. 581, 604 (1889) (The powers to declare war,
make treaties . . . and admit subjects of other nations to citizenship, are
all sovereign powers, restricted in their exercise only by the constitution
itself and considerations of public policy and justice which control, more
or less, the conduct of all civilized nations.).

Page
Order
30 13769
application of a congressionally enumerated standard to the

particular facts presented by that visa application. The
present case, by contrast, is not about the application of a
specifically enumerated congressional policy to the
particular facts presented in an individual visa application.
Rather, the States are challenging the Presidents
promulgation of sweeping immigration policy. Such
exercises of policymaking authority at the highest levels of
the political branches are plainly not subject to the Mandel
standard; as cases like Zadvydas and Chadha make clear,
courts can and do review constitutional challenges to the
substance and implementation of immigration policy. See
Zadvydas, 533 U.S. at 695; Chadha, 462 U.S. at 940-41.
This is no less true when the challenged immigration

action implicates national security concerns. See Ex parte
Quirin, 317 U.S. 1, 19 (1942) (stating that courts have a duty,
in time of war as well as in time of peace, to preserve
unimpaired the constitutional safeguards of civil liberty);
Ex parte Milligan, 71 U.S. 2, 120-21 (1866) (The
Constitution of the United States is a law for rulers and
people, equally in war and in peace . . . under all
circumstances.). We are mindful that deference to the
political branches is particularly appropriate with respect to
national security and foreign affairs, given the relative
institutional capacity, informational access, and expertise of
the courts. See Humanitarian Law Project, 561 U.S. at 33-
34.
Nonetheless, courts are not powerless to review the

political branches actions with respect to matters of
national security. Alperin v. Vatican Bank, 410 F.3d 532,
559 n.17 (9th Cir. 2005). To the contrary, while counseling
deference to the national security determinations of the
political branches, the Supreme Court has made clear that

Page
Order
31 13769
the Governments authority and expertise in [such] matters

do not automatically trump the Courts own obligation to
secure the protection that the Constitution grants to
individuals, even in times of war. Humanitarian Law
Project, 561 U.S. at 34 (quoting id. at 61 (Breyer, J.,
dissenting)); see also United States v. Robel, 389 U.S. 258,
264 (1967) ([N]ational defense cannot be deemed an end
in itself, justifying any exercise of legislative power
designed to promote such a goal. . . . It would indeed be
ironic if, in the name of national defense, we would sanction
the subversion of one of those liberties . . . which makes the
defense of the Nation worthwhile.); Zemel v. Rusk, 381 U.S.
1, 17 (1965) ([S]imply because a statute deals with foreign
relations [does not mean that] it can grant the Executive
totally unrestricted freedom of choice.).
Indeed, federal courts routinely review the

constitutionality ofand even invalidateactions taken by
the executive to promote national security, and have done so
even in times of conflict. See, e.g., Boumediene, 553 U.S.
723 (striking down a federal statute purporting to deprive
federal courts of jurisdiction over habeas petitions filed by
non-citizens being held as enemy combatants after being
captured in Afghanistan or elsewhere and accused of
authorizing, planning, committing, or aiding the terrorist
attacks perpetrated on September 11, 2001); Aptheker v.
Secy of State, 378 U.S. 500 (1964) (holding unconstitutional
a statute denying passports to American members of the
Communist Party despite national security concerns); Ex
parte Endo, 323 U.S. 283 (1944) (holding unconstitutional
the detention of a law-abiding and loyal American of
Japanese ancestry during World War II and affirming federal
court jurisdiction over habeas petitions by such individuals).
As a plurality of the Supreme Court cautioned in Hamdi v.
Rumsfeld, 542 U.S. 507 (2004), Whatever power the United

Page
Order
32 13769
States Constitution envisions for the Executive in its

exchanges with other nations or with enemy organizations in
times of conflict, it most assuredly envisions a role for all
three branches when individual liberties are at stake. Id. at
536 (plurality opinion).
In short, although courts owe considerable deference to

the Presidents policy determinations with respect to
immigration and national security, it is beyond question that
the federal judiciary retains the authority to adjudicate
constitutional challenges to executive action.
Legal Standard
The Government moves to stay the district courts order

pending this appeal. A stay is not a matter of right, even if
irreparable injury might otherwise result. Nken v. Holder,
556 U.S. 418, 433 (2009) (quoting Virginian Ry. Co. v.
United States, 272 U.S. 658, 672 (1926)). It is instead an
exercise of judicial discretion, and the propriety of its issue
is dependent upon the circumstances of the particular case.
Id. (quoting Virginian, 272 U.S. at 672-73) (alterations
omitted). The party requesting a stay bears the burden of
showing that the circumstances justify an exercise of that
discretion. Id. at 433-34.
Our decision is guided by four questions: (1) whether

the stay applicant has made a strong showing that he is likely
to succeed on the merits; (2) whether the applicant will be
irreparably injured absent a stay; (3) whether issuance of the
stay will substantially injure the other parties interested in
the proceeding; and (4) where the public interest lies. Lair
v. Bullock, 697 F.3d 1200, 1203 (9th Cir. 2012) (quoting
Nken, 556 U.S. at 434). The first two factors . . . are the
most critical, Nken, 556 U.S. at 434, and the last two steps
are reached [o]nce an applicant satisfies the first two

Page
Order
33 13769
factors, id. at 435. We conclude that the Government has

failed to clear each of the first two critical steps. We also
conclude that the final two factors do not militate in favor of
a stay. We emphasize, however, that our analysis is a
preliminary one. We are tasked here with deciding only
whether the Government has made a strong showing of its
likely success in this appeal and whether the district courts
TRO should be stayed in light of the relative hardships and
the public interest.
The Government has not shown that it is likely to

succeed on appeal on its arguments about, at least, the States
Due Process Clause claim, and we also note the serious
nature of the allegations the States have raised with respect
to their religious discrimination claims. We express no view
as to any of the States other claims.
Likelihood of SuccessDue Process
The Fifth Amendment of the Constitution prohibits the

Government from depriving individuals of their life,
liberty, or property, without due process of law. U.S.
Const. amend. V. The Government may not deprive a
person of one of these protected interests without providing
notice and an opportunity to respond, or, in other words,
the opportunity to present reasons not to proceed with the
deprivation and have them considered. United States v.
Raya-Vaca, 771 F.3d 1195, 1204 (9th Cir. 2014); accord
Cleveland Bd. of Educ. v. Loudermill, 470 U.S. 532, 542
(1985); ASSE Intl, Inc. v. Kerry, 803 F.3d 1059, 1073 (9th
Cir. 2015).
The Government has not shown that the Executive Order

provides what due process requires, such as notice and a
hearing prior to restricting an individuals ability to travel.
Indeed, the Government does not contend that the Executive

Page
Order
34 13769
Order provides for such process. Rather, in addition to the

arguments addressed in other parts of this opinion, the
Government argues that most or all of the individuals
affected by the Executive Order have no rights under the Due
Process Clause.
In the district court, the States argued that the Executive

Order violates the procedural due process rights of various
aliens in at least three independent ways. First, section 3(c)
denies re-entry to certain lawful permanent residents and
non-immigrant visaholders without constitutionally
sufficient notice and an opportunity to respond. Second,
section 3(c) prohibits certain lawful permanent residents and
non-immigrant visaholders from exercising their separate
and independent constitutionally protected liberty interests
in travelling abroad and thereafter re-entering the United
States. Third, section 5 contravenes the procedures provided
by federal statute for refugees seeking asylum and related
relief in the United States. The district court held generally
in the TRO that the States were likely to prevail on the merits
of their due process claims, without discussing or offering
analysis as to any specific alleged violation.
At this stage of the proceedings, it is the Governments

burden to make a strong showing that [it] is likely to
prevail against the States procedural due process claims.
Lair v. Bullock, 697 F.3d 1200, 1203 (9th Cir. 2012)
(quoting Nken v. Holder, 556 U.S. 418, 426 (2009)). We are
not persuaded that the Government has carried its burden for
a stay pending appeal.
The procedural protections provided by the Fifth

Amendments Due Process Clause are not limited to
citizens. Rather, they appl[y] to all persons within the
United States, including aliens, regardless of whether their

Page
Order
35 13769
presence here is lawful, unlawful, temporary, or permanent.

Zadvydas v. Davis, 533 U.S. 678, 693 (2001). These rights
also apply to certain aliens attempting to reenter the United
States after travelling abroad. Landon v. Plasencia, 459 U.S.
21, 33-34 (1982). The Government has provided no
affirmative argument showing that the States procedural
due process claims fail as to these categories of aliens. For
example, the Government has failed to establish that lawful
permanent residents have no due process rights when
seeking to re-enter the United States. See id. ([T]he
returning resident alien is entitled as a matter of due process
to a hearing on the charges underlying any attempt to
exclude him. (quoting Rosenberg v. Fleuti, 374 U.S. 449,
460 (1963))). Nor has the Government established that the
Executive Order provides lawful permanent residents with
constitutionally sufficient process to challenge their denial
of re-entry. See id. at 35 ([T]he courts must evaluate the
particular circumstances and determine what procedures
would satisfy the minimum requirements of due process on
the re-entry of a permanent resident alien.).
The Government has argued that, even if lawful

permanent residents have due process rights, the States
challenge to section 3(c) based on its application to lawful
permanent residents is moot because several days after the
Executive Order was issued, White House counsel Donald
F. McGahn II issued [a]uthoritative [g]uidance stating that
sections 3(c) and 3(e) of the Executive Order do not apply to
lawful permanent residents. At this point, however, we
cannot rely upon the Governments contention that the
Executive Order no longer applies to lawful permanent
residents. The Government has offered no authority
establishing that the White House counsel is empowered to
issue an amended order superseding the Executive Order

Page
Order
36 13769
signed by the President and now challenged by the States,

and that proposition seems unlikely.
Nor has the Government established that the White

House counsels interpretation of the Executive Order is
binding on all executive branch officials responsible for
enforcing the Executive Order. The White House counsel is
not the President, and he is not known to be in the chain of
command for any of the Executive Departments. Moreover,
in light of the Governments shifting interpretations of the
Executive Order, we cannot say that the current
interpretation by White House counsel, even if authoritative
and binding, will persist past the immediate stage of these
proceedings. On this record, therefore, we cannot conclude
that the Government has shown that it is absolutely clear
that the allegedly wrongful behavior could not reasonably be
expected to recur. Friends of the Earth, Inc., v. Laidlaw
Envtl. Servs., Inc., 528 U.S. 167, 189 (2000) (emphasis
added).
Even if the claims based on the due process rights of

lawful permanent residents were no longer part of this case,
the States would continue to have potential claims regarding
possible due process rights of other persons who are in the
United States, even if unlawfully, see Zadvydas, 533 U.S.
693; non-immigrant visaholders who have been in the
United States but temporarily departed or wish to
temporarily depart, see Landon, 459 U.S. 33-34; refugees,
see 8 U.S.C. 1231 note 8; and applicants who have a
relationship with a U.S. resident or an institution that might
have rights of its own to assert, see Kerry v. Din, 135 S. Ct.
2128, 2139 (2015) (Kennedy, J., concurring in judgment);
id. at 2142 (Breyer, J., dissenting); Kleindienst v. Mandel,
408 U.S. 753, 762-65 (1972). Accordingly, the Government
has not demonstrated that the States lack viable claims based

Page
Order
37 13769
on the due process rights of persons who will suffer injuries

to protected interests due to the Executive Order. Indeed,
the existence of such persons is obvious.
The Government argues that, even if the States have

shown that they will likely succeed on some of their
procedural due process claims, the district court nevertheless
erred by issuing an overbroad TRO. Specifically, the
Government argues that the TRO is overbroad in two
independent respects: (1) the TRO extends beyond lawful
permanent residents, and covers aliens who cannot assert
cognizable liberty interests in connection with travelling into
and out of the United States, and (2) the TRO applies
nationwide, and enjoins application of the Executive Order
outside Washington and Minnesota. We decline to modify
the scope of the TRO in either respect.
First, we decline to limit the scope of the TRO to lawful

permanent residents and the additional category more
recently suggested by the Government, in its reply
memorandum, previously admitted aliens who are
temporarily abroad now or who wish to travel and return to
the United States in the future. That limitation on its face
omits aliens who are in the United States unlawfully, and
those individuals have due process rights as well. Zadvydas,
533 U.S. at 693. That would also omit claims by citizens
who have an interest in specific non-citizens ability to travel
to the United States. See Din, 135 S. Ct. at 2139 (Kennedy,
J., concurring in judgment); id. at 2142 (Breyer, J.,
dissenting) (six Justices declining to adopt a rule that would
categorically bar U.S. citizens from asserting cognizable
liberty interests in the receipt of visas by alien spouses).
There might be persons covered by the TRO who do not
have viable due process claims, but the Governments
proposed revision leaves out at least some who do.

Page
Order
38 13769
Second, we decline to limit the geographic scope of the

TRO. The Fifth Circuit has held that such a fragmented
immigration policy would run afoul of the constitutional and
statutory requirement for uniform immigration law and
policy. Texas v. United States, 809 F.3d 134, 187-88 (5th
Cir. 2015), affd by an equally divided Court, 136 S. Ct. 2271
(2016). At this stage of the litigation, we do not need to and
do not reach such a legal conclusion for ourselves, but we
cannot say that the Government has established that a
contrary view is likely to prevail. Moreover, even if limiting
the geographic scope of the injunction would be desirable,
the Government has not proposed a workable alternative
form of the TRO that accounts for the nations multiple ports
of entry and interconnected transit system and that would
protect the proprietary interests of the States at issue here
while nevertheless applying only within the States borders.
More generally, even if the TRO might be overbroad in

some respects, it is not our role to try, in effect, to rewrite the
Executive Order. See United States v. Natl Treasury Emps.
Union, 513 U.S. 454, 479 (1995) (declining to rewrite a
statute to eliminate constitutional defects); cf. Aptheker v.
Secy of State, 378 U.S. 500, 516 (1964) (invalidating a
restriction on freedom of travel despite the existence of
constitutional applications). The political branches are far
better equipped to make appropriate distinctions. For now,
it is enough for us to conclude that the Government has
failed to establish that it will likely succeed on its due
process argument in this appeal.
Likelihood of SuccessReligious Discrimination
The First Amendment prohibits any law respecting an

establishment of religion. U.S. Const. amend. I. A law that
has a religious, not secular, purpose violates that clause,

Page
Order
39 13769
Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602, 612-13 (1971), as does

one that officially prefer[s] [one religious denomination]
over another, Larson v. Valente, 456 U.S. 228, 244 (1982).
The Supreme Court has explained that this is because
endorsement of a religion sends the ancillary message to
. . . nonadherents that they are outsiders, not full members
of the political community. Santa Fe Indep. Sch. Dist. v.
Doe, 530 U.S. 290, 310 (2000) (quoting Lynch v. Donnelly,
465 U.S. 668, 688 (1984) (OConnor, J., concurring)). The
Equal Protection Clause likewise prohibits the Government
from impermissibly discriminating among persons based on
religion. De La Cruz v. Tormey, 582 F.2d 45, 50 (9th Cir.
1978).
The States argue that the Executive Order violates the

Establishment and Equal Protection Clauses because it was
intended to disfavor Muslims. In support of this argument,
the States have offered evidence of numerous statements by
the President about his intent to implement a Muslim ban
as well as evidence they claim suggests that the Executive
Order was intended to be that ban, including sections 5(b)
and 5(e) of the Order. It is well established that evidence of
purpose beyond the face of the challenged law may be
considered in evaluating Establishment and Equal Protection
Clause claims. See, e.g., Church of the Lukumi Babalu Aye,
Inc. v. City of Hialeah, 508 U.S. 520, 534 (1993) (The Free
Exercise Clause, like the Establishment Clause, extends
beyond facial discrimination. . . . Official action that targets
religious conduct for distinctive treatment cannot be
shielded by mere compliance with the requirement of facial
neutrality.); Larson, 456 U.S. at 254-55 (holding that a
facially neutral statute violated the Establishment Clause in
light of legislative history demonstrating an intent to apply
regulations only to minority religions); Village of Arlington
Heights v. Metro. Housing Dev. Corp., 429 U.S. 252, 266-

Page
Order
40 13769
68 (1977) (explaining that circumstantial evidence of intent,

including the historical background of the decision and
statements by decisionmakers, may be considered in
evaluating whether a governmental action was motivated by
a discriminatory purpose).
The States claims raise serious allegations and present

significant constitutional questions. In light of the sensitive
interests involved, the pace of the current emergency
proceedings, and our conclusion that the Government has
not met its burden of showing likelihood of success on
appeal on its arguments with respect to the due process
claim, we reserve consideration of these claims until the
merits of this appeal have been fully briefed.
The Balance of Hardships and the Public

Interest
The Government has not shown that a stay is necessary

to avoid irreparable injury. Nken, 556 U.S. at 434. Although
we agree that the Governments interest in combating
terrorism is an urgent objective of the highest order, Holder
v. Humanitarian Law Project, 561 U.S. 1, 28 (2010), the
Government has done little more than reiterate that fact.
Despite the district courts and our own repeated invitations
to explain the urgent need for the Executive Order to be
placed immediately into effect, the Government submitted
no evidence to rebut the States argument that the district
courts order merely returned the nation temporarily to the
position it has occupied for many previous years.
The Government has pointed to no evidence that any

alien from any of the countries named in the Order has

Page
Order
41 13769
perpetrated a terrorist attack in the United States. 7 Rather

than present evidence to explain the need for the Executive
Order, the Government has taken the position that we must
not review its decision at all. 8 We disagree, as explained
above.
To the extent that the Government claims that it has

suffered an institutional injury by erosion of the separation
of powers, that injury is not irreparable. It may yet pursue
and vindicate its interests in the full course of this litigation.
See, e.g., Texas v. United States, 787 F.3d 733, 767-68 (5th
Cir. 2015) ([I]t is the resolution of the case on the merits,
not whether the injunction is stayed pending appeal, that will
affect those principles.).
7
Although the Government points to the fact that Congress and the
Executive identified the seven countries named in the Executive Order
as countries of concern in 2015 and 2016, the Government has not
offered any evidence or even an explanation of how the national security
concerns that justified those designations, which triggered visa
requirements, can be extrapolated to justify an urgent need for the
Executive Order to be immediately reinstated.
8
In addition, the Government asserts that, [u]nlike the President,
courts do not have access to classified information about the threat posed
by terrorist organizations operating in particular nations, the efforts of
those organizations to infiltrate the United States, or gaps in the vetting
process. But the Government may provide a court with classified
information. Courts regularly receive classified information under seal
and maintain its confidentiality. Regulations and rules have long been
in place for that. 28 C.F.R. 17.17(c) (describing Department of Justice
procedures to protect classified materials in civil cases); 28 C.F.R.
17.46(c) (Members of Congress, Justices of the United States
Supreme Court, and Judges of the United States Courts of Appeal and
District Courts do not require a determination of their eligibility for
access to classified information . . . .); W.D. Wash. Civ. L.R. 5(g)
(providing procedures governing filings under seal).

Page
Order
42 13769
By contrast, the States have offered ample evidence that

if the Executive Order were reinstated even temporarily, it
would substantially injure the States and multiple other
parties interested in the proceeding. Nken, 556 U.S. at 434
(quoting Hilton v. Braunskill, 481 U.S. 770, 776 (1987)).
When the Executive Order was in effect, the States contend
that the travel prohibitions harmed the States university
employees and students, separated families, and stranded the
States residents abroad. These are substantial injuries and
even irreparable harms. See Melendres v. Arpaio, 695 F.3d
990, 1002 (9th Cir. 2012) (It is well established that the
deprivation of constitutional rights unquestionably
constitutes irreparable injury. (quoting Elrod v. Burns,
427 U.S. 347, 373 (1976))).
The Government suggests that the Executive Orders

discretionary waiver provisions are a sufficient safety valve
for those who would suffer unnecessarily, but it has offered
no explanation for how these provisions would function in
practice: how would the national interest be determined,
who would make that determination, and when? Moreover,
as we have explained above, the Government has not
otherwise explained how the Executive Order could
realistically be administered only in parts such that the
injuries listed above would be avoided.
Finally, in evaluating the need for a stay, we must

consider the public interest generally. See Nken, 556 U.S. at
434. Aspects of the public interest favor both sides, as
evidenced by the massive attention this case has garnered at
even the most preliminary stages. On the one hand, the
public has a powerful interest in national security and in the
ability of an elected president to enact policies. And on the
other, the public also has an interest in free flow of travel, in
avoiding separation of families, and in freedom from

Page
Order
43 13769
discrimination. We need not characterize the public interest

more definitely than this; when considered alongside the
hardships discussed above, these competing public interests
do not justify a stay.
Conclusion
For the foregoing reasons, the emergency motion for a

stay pending appeal is DENIED.

Page
Order
44 13769
A Candid Discussion of U.S. Sponsored Mind Control and Electronic Harassment Protocols Copyright 2017
NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart Speaks

Candidly About Illegal and Criminal NSA &
FBI Programs of Organized Stalking and
Electronic Harassment in the USA & Abroad
Posted on April 13, 2016 by Carl Herman
Weve documented US government use of harmful and deadly experiments upon the public (here, here,
here, here, here, here, here, here for just a few, and that the US tortures people in Orwellian violation
of six binding areas of law).
BY GUEST AUTHOR, RAMOLA D (bio below)
Karen Stewart, with companion and protector, Mariska, the

Anatolian Shepherd
In Karens own words:Born in the late 1950s, to an Air Force Officer and his wife. We lived all over
the country and in Germany during his career. I had an interest in foreign languages and art, so I
got the equivalent of a double major at FSU in German and Fine Art. When I graduated college I
applied to the National Security Agency to work as a linguist (translate and report foreign material
of interest to the government), and after a stringent background check, was hired in 1982 by NSA. I
lived in Columbia, Maryland with my husband. I worked at NSA until 2010 when I was railroaded
out of NSA just two years before I could retire because I had dared ask the Inspector General to
investigate a matter involving work credit and promotion theft. I moved to Florida in 2011 to get
away and wait for the lawsuit (appeal to forbidden retaliatory firing) to be adjudicated by the Judge
Lawrence Gallagher at the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) in Baltimore.
Ramola D: Thanks so much for agreeing to do this interview. I have been reading scripts
of your Renew America interviews and have listened to your conversations on Wheel of
Freedom and Boiling Frogs Post with much interest.
To encapsulate somewhat, it sounds like a complaint process you began internally with
the NSA Inspector General about an Intelligence report you had authored but wasnt
credited for led to all sorts of repercussionsthreats to give you an unfavorable
psychological evaluation contrary to routine periodic psychological test results, being
cheated out of a double promotion, being transferred to a menial job to punish you for
Whistleblowers Stan Caterbone &

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
StewartPage
Page 11of
of126
23 Wednesday January 11, 2017
pursuing an IG complaint, then termination, and NSA Security then stalking you,
surveilling you, harassing you. Was that how it started?
Karen Stewart:Yes, an intelligence report series I authored in support of Operation Iraqi
Freedom was purposely mis-credited to an unremarkable, under-educated woman who
was sleeping her way through male managers above me in the Weapons and Space
Directorate, in order to get ahead, and they rewarded her sexual favors to them with a
double promotion for my seminal work which had engendered a large project that
others estimated had saved hundreds of lives if not more. I simply asked the NSA
Inspector General to look into a claim by a promotion board member that my Technical
Lead and my Office Chief had lied to the promotion board to get the wrong person
promoted.
I had no idea that the full might of NSA Security and the Inspector Generals Office
would come down on me to utterly destroy me and my career for simply asking that an
egregious wrong be corrected. I was astonished at NSA Security feigning of oblivious
ignorance of the evil done to me while refusing to interview my witnesses or look at
proof, when NSA routine internal propaganda always encouraged fair play and bringing
problems to light and even touted their dedication to the Federal No Fear Act, which
specifically encouraged employees to report wrong doing with no fear of repercussions.
But their immediate attack-dog approach to fabricating wrong-doing on my part
(coaching the villains who had done me wrong to accuse me of leaking the first
information ex-NSA executive Thomas Drake had actually leaked) in order to derail and
discredit my legitimate request for IG assistance belied that faade. It was truly a
nightmare trying to deal with the cadre of well-rehearsed, pathological liars that
populated NSA Security, the likes of which I had never known previously existed at
NSA.
I had passed my initial interview polygraph easily in 1982 and had always passed my
re-investigation polygraphs with no problem for more than 20 years (until Security
decided to demand a polygraph just before which I was screamed at and threatened
due to my pursuing recourse for my stolen work credit and double promotion), and
never had had any situation occur previously in regard to my behavior that necessitated
the interest of NSA Security much less their involvement.
Over the years, I had indeed heard the occasional story of Security stupidity, such as
Security hassling a female employee for dating a foreigner who was a Canadian
citizen, fully cleared to work at NSA, which is where she had met him, yet they hassled
her as if she were dating a North Korean spy, so you knew Security was rather 1-
dimensional like police tend to be.
But I had not yet heard the vicious NSA Security persecution stories from others until
Security decided it would be better to wrongfully destroy me as well as my career than
admit that Weapons & Spaces managers were trading promotions for sexual favors and
correct that situation. (Worse yet, all these managers were now compromised and
subject to blackmail).
Youve said the persecution and harassment actually followed you from Maryland to
Florida, and escalated into covert EMF and Directed-Energy-Weapon (DEW) attacks. You
are the second NSA whistleblower, I think, after Mark Novitsky, to speak openly of
harassment with DEW attacksalthough others have reported extreme harassment
tooand I am learning Thomas Drake has, too. Were you aware of any of this kind of
illegal and criminal surveillance and assault with DEWs when you worked at NSA?
Karen Stewart: Once word spread about my situation during the workplace harassment
(2006-2009), a handful of others volunteered their own NSA Security wrongful
persecution stories.
In one case, Security hounded a woman in order to drive her out of the agency merely

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
StewartPage
Page 22of
of126
for dating the wrong man! Her boyfriend worked at NSA also. The mans mother did not
like her and did not want her as a daughter-in-law, so she told a female friend who was
an executive at NSA. The executive suggested falsifying claims to the FBI that the
young woman had given her classified information regarding 9/11, so she did. The FBI
found no such evidence and dropped the issue. NSA Security however, viciously
hounded the woman out of a job anyway as a favor to the executive. Several such
insane attacks were related to me after I was targeted but I had not heard such stories
before.
NSAs stalking harassment of me lasted the first time from 2006-2009, with Security
involving duped civilians in Columbia, MD where I lived, the last four months of that
time period. The effort collapsed however once I began approaching the civilians and
telling them the true story. Apparently fights began breaking out in the neighborhood
meeting house in Phelps Luck when the proxy stalkers realized they had been played for
fools.
At no time had I ever heard of electronic harassment being used by NSA before it began
happening to me in 2015 though.
And I would venture to say that the vast number of NSA employees working legitimate
targets (foreign threats on foreign soil) would have a hard time imagining that NSA has
this deeply depraved and rogue, unaccountable, evil side.
Were people inside NSA aware of other aspects of your harassment by NSA Security?
Did your colleagues learn about these electronic harassment programs mainly from
you?
Karen Stewart: Those closest to me either saw the harassment by Security at work,
experienced it second hand because of their relationship to me, or having known me
many years, trusted my judgment and integrity to believe me, or they had heard a
similar NSA Security harassment nightmare story from another co-worker.
But at that time no one I knew had heard of electronic harassment and I would venture
to say most NSA employees now either have not or think its a myth of some kind. (And
even now, disinformation about this is finding a place in Wikipedia to dissuade non-
victims from heeding our warnings that we are watching our own government ramping
up for a holocaust of its own citizens.) I have been keeping certain NSA friends
informed about the addition of the electronic harassment and they are horrified. No one
understands what sense it makes to do this to any human being, much less why a
government would dedicate such vast resources to gratuitous torture and murder of its
best citizens.
The real NSA Security in my experience looking back, was all about covering up the
abuses of upper management not about correct, fair, or lawful no matter the internal
propaganda. And they could well be the most effective blackmail force within the NSA,
sending loose women to compromise managers for the agenda of those running NSA
Security or their masters, whoever they actually are.
In a discussion face to face with ex-NSA whistleblower, Russell Tice, arranged by a
mutual friend, we compared our wanton persecutions for doing our jobs too well. At
that point, around 2010, we did not know about electronic harassment either but by
then we knew there were many stories about recent (then) Security stalking
harassment cases.
Did NSA Security change in any way after 9/11? Is it possible these covert programs
are being hidden even from employees? Would people from inside whistle-blow if they
knew?
Karen Stewart: Russell Tice credited the change in NSA Security from a much more
professional group before 9/11 to a rogue, criminal element with the promotion by

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
StewartPage
Page 33of
of126
former Director of NSA (DIRNSA) General Hayden of a middle manager, L. Kemp Ensor
III, to operational head of NSA Security.
This middle manager was later rumored to be an actual psychopath obsessed with
paintings of Dantes Inferno (people being tortured) which he displayed on his office
walls.
NSA is segregated into many compartmented areas as well as by topic and target area.
For instance, you could not necessarily just walk into another office, many had
restricted access unless you worked the project, you could not enter the office. So any
such project that targeted American citizens such as electronic harassment would have
been deeply hidden not only because it was blatantly unconstitutional and criminal but
its existence would have cost NSA many good people leaving NSA employ in protest.
Because they would not have been legally able to tell the world about such a program
without being subject to arrest for divulging classified informationeven if it was
evidence of a crime, which is yet another proof of the blatant flaws in Congressional
oversight programs.
Have you been approached by major media yet to tell your story?
Karen Stewart: I attempted to contact media during the first stalking and harassment
campaign in 2009, and Siobhan Gorman of the Wall Street Journal even informed me
that my story about being aggressively stalked by NSA Security was very similar to not
only other whistleblowers but to stories other journalists told each other about also
being stalked and harassed by NSA Security after they had written a less than flattering
story about NSA.

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
StewartPage
Page 44of
of126
I was on the verge of giving my story to Ellen Nakashima of the Washington Post that
same year when NSA demanded that the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission
(EEOC) judge, Lawrence Gallagher, at the EEOC in Baltimore, order a gag order on my
EEOC appeal to NSAs planned wrongful termination of me at the 28-year point in my
career.
Since I was facing imminent termination (based on outrageous Security lies even they
could not speak with a straight face), I could not spare the money to fight the order.
But obviously I am breaking it now because NSA did so itself in order to play the Florida
Department of Law Enforcement (FDLE) and the Tallahassee FBI for fools. NSAs 1-trick
pony in persecuting whistleblowers is viciously slandering the person based solely on
NSA Security lies and fabrications. This was used to elicit the help of the FDLE and their
civilian vigilante group Infragard to participate in criminal, organized stalking. This
was NSAs immediate reaction to my lawyers subpoena in February 2015 of evidence
corroborating the identity of NSA executive Eric Hagemann, now retired, the man who I

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
StewartPage
Page 55of
of126
had seen leaving my home after a break-in shortly after I had contacted the NSA
Inspector General (2006) about investigating the theft of my work credit and a double
promotion in 2004/2005.
Karen Stewart, also artist and caricaturist, offers this caricature of the NSA burglar she saw who broke
into her home within a couple weeks of her IG complaint, whom she saw 2 days later at NSA.
Eric packed up and fled Laurel, MD after the subpoena, his retirement photo business, Solstice
Photos went dead. He must have done some REALLY bad things in addition to what he did to me.
When I tried to look him up in Searchlight (NSA directory) by profession after seeing him at NSA in
2006, only one computer/electronics executive had replaced his prestigious Flag-Badge photo with a
silly photo of a Meerkat, Eric Hagemann. So I remembered the name.
(The pictures from the Solstice Photo website show a static site. The Justia Trademarks show that Eric
Hagemann owns Solstice Photo.)

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
StewartPage
Page 66of
of126
And with the start of NSA-ordered electronic harassment in November 2015

(apparently, by former Deputy Director of NSA Bill Black, Jr. of Pasadena, MD) and the
involvement of the criminal class in Tallahassee in these DEW attacks, I told my lawyer
that I felt it necessary to go public now before NSA and their proxy thugs (and I include
the FBI in that description) could kill me as clearly is their intent.
16th Deputy Director of NSA, 2000-2006, Bill Black, Jr./Wikipedia

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
StewartPage
Page 77of
of126
Prestigious Flag Badge Photo of Bill Black, Jr., 16th Deputy Director of NSA, whom Karen suspects
put her in for electronic harassment right after they had a heated discussion on Twitter about 9/11 in
late Nov 2015. (On Twitter,) I said I had been told by two separate analysts who worked that topic
that NO ONE had had to die, it was entirely preventable, but that NSA management refused to allow
them to issue the pertinent warnings.
My lawyer had at my behest written to the EEOC to alert them to new NSA criminal
harassment but was ignored. So, the EEOC certainly bears the blame for my being
forced to go public, whether from the EEOCs incompetence or complicity with the NSA
agenda.
As of yet, no such journalists with the mainstream media (ABC, CBS, NBC, FOX or any
major newspapers) have shown an interest in my story though without syndicated
columnist Sher Zieve being brave enough to write two columns on this topic, I would
not be speaking with people as I am now.
Are you aware there are thousands of Americans currentlyand thousands worldwide
who have been reporting DEW/EMF assaults and uber-surveillance, and organized
group stalking as something they have experienced for years? (From before 9/11
apparently, although numbers have increased since 2001 and the Patriot Act.) We also
know Intel agencies and the Department of Justice are working with Military groups, as
per Memoranda of Understanding on joint development/use of these classified EMF
non-lethal neuroweapons on innocent Americans (research from Dr. Nick
Begich here)without charge, without due process. Is NSA one of the groups doing this
to civilians, do you think?
Karen Stewart: I first learned of organized stalking in 2009 when it was happening to
me. For 2 years NSA Security goons and contractors had stalked me, then suddenly it
became my neighbors. I did not understand the transition until I found David Lawsons
book Cause Stalking. I was shocked at the lack of morality or common sense which
that phenomenon showed was present in the general population. Then to learn this was
happening across the world was a shock to my very core.
Neither I nor any of my NSA friends (to my knowledge) knew anything of electronic
harassment while working for NSA and I really have just started learning about it with
my becoming such a target. The number of people being so attacked and tortured is
mind-boggling as well as heart-wrenching. It is like the walls of hell have come down
and hell is invading earth.
In regard to NSA and possible military cooperation in using weapons of war (Directed
Energy Weapons) against American citizens, that appears true based on my recent
experience.
During the years 2011 through 2014, I got on with my life in Florida while patiently
awaiting the adjudication of my EEOC lawsuit and did not pay much attention to NSA in
the news, but last year I did learn that the Naval Security Group aka Silent Warriors
(their Directed Energy Weapons command) had moved their headquarters to Ft. Meade,
Maryland, which is where the NSA HQ is located as well.
Since Admiral Rogers is now the Director of NSA, I do wonder if that marriage between
Navy and NSA has led to the inclusion of Silent Warrior mobile Directed Energy
Weapons into the arsenal of NSAs criminal brown shirts and enemies of Democracy
NSA Security, during the years between their first attack on me and the second.

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
StewartPage
Page 88of
of126
Photo Stalker from Naval Security Group, April 2015, photographed by Karen
I had originally thought, based on my experience (2006-2009), that only NSA Security
used this harassment technique on NSA whistleblowers, journalists, or anti-NSA
activists, which was bad enough by itself. But then I met a whistleblower from the
Department of Justice who knew NSA was involved in her being targeted for slander
and stalking harassment as well, so I realized how broadly the Federal government was
using criminal harassment with NSA more than happy to help with its ever increasing
network of compromised or gullible law enforcement officials and ready-to-roll civilian
stalking groups.
In the last year, the DOJ whistleblower has reported to me that she is now also being
targeted for electronic harassment. So that would appear to support the idea that with
the collocation of the two at Ft. Meade, that NSA and the Naval Security Group are
indeed cooperating in the use of mobile versions of weapons of war from the Silent
Warrior arsenal. And since the 9/11 tragedy allowed NSA to focus inside the USA for
the first time in its history, and a much broader demographic of the civilian populace is
reporting being targeted by such devices than NSA-related whistleblowers, reporters,
and critics, is it not logical to infer that NSA has a huge role in this new, treasonous war
on Americans and others?
If this is the situation, it is quite obvious that our legislative branch needs to take a
hard look at its own unforgivable, grossly negligent, lack of even minimal oversight of
NSA, NSA Security, and other Intelligence Community entities who could indeed be in
the position to threaten, control, blackmail or murder anyone in U.S. leadership who
does not fit their agenda for themselves, or who simply displeases NSA Security.
This leaves us wondering if the intent of NSA Security was to subvert NSA proper, and
in so doing to have NSA subvert the United States government while trying to maintain
a faade that we still live in the representational Republic our Founding Fathers
intended, often mistakenly less precisely called a Democracy.

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
StewartPage
Page 99of
of126
Excerpt from article by Xkeyscore, Intellihub News: National Security Racketeering Analysis
You may know of the late Ted Gunderson, Special Agent-in-Charge/LA, FBIs 2011
affidavit regarding these harassment and organized stalking programs as FBI- and NSA-
run. Intellihub News has an article by Xkeyscore currently on the FBIs expanded
COINTELPRO programswhere theres a lot of disclosure on how Targeted Individuals
get special, extrajudicial and libelous treatment from the FBIfalsified records, major
defamation and smear campaigns in the community. John Whitehead also writes about
the FBIs part in this. Have you experienced FBI harassment as well?
Karen Stewart: I was horrified and stupefied enough in 2009 to learn of organized
stalking when my neighbors in Columbia, Maryland bought into the outrageous smear
job NSA and likely FBI sycophants did on me there and gleefully joined into the (paid)
mass bullying effort with not one of the gullible civilian fools asking why legitimate law
enforcement would abandon rule of law and due process in favor of civilian-based mob
rule and harassment.
Thats when I met the previously mentioned stalking victim in the vicinity who was a
contract lawyer with the Department of Justice who was experiencing the same slander
and stalking campaign that I was for reporting criminal behavior by another contractor.
She was aware that NSA and FBI were involved in her wrongful persecution.
I knew FBI had had some involvement in mine as well, but was not sure if they were
complicit or just played for fools by NSA Security. They did seem to be lied to by NSA
after I tried to get the IG to do his job and did seem to investigate me in their oafish
way but seemed to disappear when they could find no evidence of any wrong-doing on
my part, though that did not sway NSA Security.

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page10
10of
of126
Possible NSA Management Level Stalker/April 2009/Photographed by Karen

From Karen: In 2009 I slipped out of the house in the wee hours in Maryland to impersonate a stalker,
i.e., oversized hoody covering my features. Waved down this man who oddly enough, stopped in the
dark, and rolled down the window to a supposed total stranger in suspicious garb, whom he could not
identify. I drew his attention to my right to get a photo from the camera in my left. He was
shocked/horrified to see who had gotten his photo and spent the next 15 minutes furiously texting
someone. The car he was driving turned out to be that of a black male stalker from the neighborhood.
A couple weeks later, he saw me see him in a local bookstore caf and literally jumped up and ran
out the back door. Could he be a top level NSA (Security?) manager running illegal stalking
harassment?
But with the second campaign in Florida beginning in early 2015, it was quite evident
from the start that the Florida FBI were indeed complicit. Phone calls to the national
FBI phone line were cut off as soon as I identified myself and registered letters to FBI
Headquarters in Washington DC as well as Jacksonville, Florida were stolen and never
delivered either.
Possible FBI Stalker/Photographed by Karen
So, it does look like criminals have infiltrated the FBI just as
they infiltrated the watchdog
entities at NSA, such as the EEO, the IG, the Counsel General,
etc., to make sure complaints never get heard.
I had indeed heard of Ted Gunderson and greatly admired him.
I learned about COINTELPRO and Zersetzung while
investigating organized stalking. Its no good thing to learn
that the FBI thought the Stasi practice of Zersetzung was
actually something to be emulated in the form of the
COINTELPRO program in the 1960s and 1970s. That was a
deeply shameful time in our history but little did we know that
our own government was capable of so much worse.
Many observers note the NSA has grown so unwieldy yet so
powerful in its capabilities with surveillance technologies
including Neurotechnologiesthat with the CIA, FBI, DHS,
they are operating like rogue government agencies

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page11
11of
of126
accountable to no-one: they pursue secrecy, commit crimes of covert assault and
harassment against Americans of ethicality, integrity, community spiritpeople who are
not and have mostly never committed crimes of any kindand they are getting
communities to assist them.
So we have a very strange situation here, where abuses of power are occurring. Why is
that? Why have our mechanisms of oversight and accountability failed?
Karen Stewart: In regard to our government turning on us with such unthinkable
programs, the replacement of honest, dedicated personnel in watchdog entities first, is
how you successfully subvert a government.
Then that evil leadership is now accountable to no one, then purposely allows the
countrys economy to be debauched so that only the government and the entwined
super rich corporations and individuals have money, thus making ordinary citizens so
desperate for funds that morals are given a backseat.
Then that ill-intended leadership purposely allows enemies of the country to overrun
and infiltrate the country, causing widespread angst among the population. At that
point, the evil people may then freely target those who oppose or sound the alert to the
sedition they intend, by labeling patriots as traitors or threats.
But I think that our grandparents and great-grandparents never would have fallen for
this gratuitous slander of individuals (much less abuse) or even tolerated any authority
abusing its position so outrageously. Their morals were clear, people knew right from
wrong as where many Americans today are in a quagmire of muddy morality, having
jettisoned common sense, reason, and any interest in our Creator and his instructions
for attaining and retaining his wisdom and blessings in this life. They would have sent
such Federal gossips and hate- and fear-mongers, packing, then demanded to know
what was going on and demanded to have an end put to it.
But we now are a people who dont know our own history and origins, so we dont know
who and what we are. We have set ourselves adrift from God, who ordained our
creation to be a light to the world, a blessing to it, but now we are becoming a curse
and accursed as well. The blessings are drying up and the protection that went with
that is as well.
As a retired NSA Intelligence analyst, what is your advice? What would be the best way
to tackle this scourge and criminality openly and lawfully?
How do people convince their neighbors and communities they shouldnt be assisting
these rogue Intel and military programs and these crimes of EMF assault and covert
murder, let alone stalking and harassment?
Karen Stewart: My assessment of how we got here is this, the usurpation of a free
nations government for a dictatorship can be accomplished when the population is so
frustrated by their years of political and economic impotence, by their leadership
betraying them at every turn, by endless broken promises, that for money and an
opportunity to take out their frustrations on a scapegoat or whipping boy, they eagerly
jump at the chance to punish someone, anyone, no matter that the individual fits no
profile of a threat or enemy to the country or them whatsoever.
This appears to be a sociopathic state induced upon a population to groom it to betray
itself and walk itself into servitude, having silenced or murdered anyone with integrity,
character, or discernment among them.
But with few or no exceptions, this is a now a global phenomenon in part because the
disinformation campaign by those intending evil, has been so successful.
The whole world is now under a terror threat, the whole world is under threat of an
economic collapse, so now there is a join the mob or die mentality growing in many

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page12
12of
of126
places which is always antithetical to free thought and free (responsible) living.
Certain humans, i.e., organized stalkers, are now forming packs like animals and going
on hunting frenzies like pack animals with no second thoughts. And like animal packs,
the most vicious rise to the top. The devolution of civilization is obviously progressing
faster than we ever imagined it would.
How to combat this? Certainly more, more, more, articles to engender awareness and
discourse. There was actually a lull in the second round of organized stalking against
me last year when I put a link to an article by Sher Zieve (to which I contributed
general information) about NSA corruption on the back of my car. Many of my stalkers
looked it up, and I was able at times to see their faces when they realized that they had
been played for fools. NSA had to think up a new batch of lies to tell new people after
that, and it took them a few days to do so.
So information can sway the more intelligent who were fooled into thinking they were
doing something patriotic (though you have to be pretty pathetically gullible to think a
legitimate government would sanction criminal harassment). Seeing something in print
will sway some people before speaking to them will.
One frustrating aspect of confronting this criminality is the NSA/FBI is apparently using
National Security Letters and FISA court warrants, and showing people false criminal
and investigation records with fabricated information and lies, and in secret (imposing
gag orders with threats of fine, jail time), as they defame and destroy individualshow
do we fight back, as law-abiding Americans who would like to see our Constitutional
Republic and basic rule of law restored?
Karen Stewart: People have to band together and defy the illegitimate NSLs, the Federal
gag order to keep secret Federal crimes against American citizens quiet.
Though apparently some stalkers rebelled and refused to continue in my case, they did
nothing to demand the fraudulent effort stop, so whatever moral stance they took,
aided me little. I almost blame people who know the truth but do nothing more than the
people doing the evil.
Organizing and having numerous people sending many logically presented letters to the
same leaders on the same topic will begin to tip them off that these stories are much
more than random ravings by the occasional crackpot, that the perpetrators want
society to believe until it is too late for everyone. The explanation by the perpetrators
that these stories come from mass delusions is belied by the non-existence of mass
delusions of such a nature as well, so mental health care professionals in the know need
to debunk these lies publicly.
In larger cities, you may be able to find others being targeted and approach local
leaders, media, or even individual perpetrators with a group they cannot ignore.
Remember, such harassers are rank cowards and hate to be culled from the anonymity
of their fascist gang. The group can also provide mutual support as many of the TIs are
ostracized for various reasons by family and friends.
And most importantly, connect or re-connect to God in prayer, where we should be
strengthened and renewed, as well as receive our marching orders.
I wanted to mention neuro-experimentation before we close. You may be familiar
with the John St. Clair Akwei lawsuit, which details invasive Signals Intelligence
including Radiation Intelligence which the NSA collectsessentially, peoples
brainwaves and EMFs. Magnus Olsson, the Swedish activist, has written about how the
DoD/CIA/NSA have all been pursuing Neurological Research. Robert Duncan, ex-CIA
scientist, has detailed CIA mind-hacking projects, brain-mapping, brain-computer link,
and no-touch torture projects in his books, including Project Soulcatcher.
Then you have the Presidents Bioethics Commission chaired by Amy Gutmann turning a

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page13
13of
of126
deliberate blind eye even when people come forward to inform them of non-consensual
experimentation on their bodies and brains.
Why do you think our Government is engaging in covert experimentation and research
programs with such impunity?
Karen Stewart: The Protect America Act (PAA) and the NDAA I have always thought
were horrific ploys more than mere mistakes. You do not take away the rights of the
citizens to protect them from the enemies whom you are purposely allowing access to
them. This is outrageous illogic. But people are acceding, losing their freedoms and
quite willingly because their fear is overwhelming their ability to think.
Maybe its the fluoride in our water making us sheeple, maybe its the lack of modern
Americas former generally homogeneous national Judeo-Christian social philosophy
and morals that have been lost in the Right versus Left discourse of the last 50 years,
which had kept us united as a strong, cohesive culture and a benevolent civilization
(mostly).
But we have lost our humanity and moral compass to the point where we have created
leadership by psychopaths, and they are indulging in the worst that humanity can
imagine in the melding of science and depravity, i.e. electronic harassment.
Remember, as the quality of a society declines, so therefore does its leadership. The
first step in reversing this, lies in your mirror.
Inexplicably, mainstream media still refuses to cover this vital issue of our times, even
though hundreds of thousands are affected, both here and abroad, possibly via
Intelligence agreementsand our government completely ignores our outrage.
But this situation has to change. Your speaking out as an NSA insider who has also
experienced this will surely help change this scenarioI thank you enormously for that,
for your courage in speaking out, and for your tremendous insights and advice.
Karen Stewart: When I learned of the vast numbers affected, I at that moment
understood somewhat why Jesus sat and cried for Jerusalem, I felt like that for this
vast population of innocents being subjected to demonic abuse by counterfeit humans
who have lost every vestige of their humanity.
Why the voices of human beings crying out for help is being ignored I cannot fathom,
but if my story about being an unwitting insider targeted out of petty vengeance can
help those who were likely randomly or speciously targeted, then let it go out for
discussion and elucidation.
Then let it come back as a battering ram to get the attention of those who CAN
disassemble the 21st Century sadistic torture holocaust under everyones noses. The
Bible says we are wonderfully and fearfully made (in Gods image) and we need to
remind our leaders that they have no authority to revoke the immense value of each of
our lives for their perceived entertainment. We are not their property, only a Satanic
form of government would delude itself into thinking that and America was not created
for evil, it was created for good with each of the original 13 colonies dedicating their
founding to God and Jesus Christ and advancing Gods kingdom on earth, so with this
covenant to God broken by our evil leadership, God will and must act soon, I believe. I
pray Psalms 91 and 94 daily as a place to start.
You mentioned a wonderful program of group prayer on Wheels of Freedomwould you
like to share that initiativeperhaps, with others reading this, we can all work to affect
our collective consciousness field and fully change this situation in our country, and the
world.
Karen Stewart: I have called previously for a seven-minute prayer to be said every
Sunday at 7 pm for the deliverance of all electronic harassment victims from this evil.

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page14
14of
of126
Maybe that will be the fuel for the pushback against this evil even if no mainstream
media ever pick this story up. If you are of the Judeo-Christian belief system, feel free
to start your prayers like I do with the recitation of the above Psalms, then add what
you will.
Consider it, please, all who take the time to read this. And thank you Ramola for your
passion and your determination, that takes courage beyond measure. God bless you and
deliver us soon.
Resources:
Wheel of Freedom interview with Karen Stewart:
Interview with Karen Stewart by Peter B. Collins/Boiling Frogs Post: New NSA Whistleblower
Fears For Her Life
Sher Zieve/Renew America interviews with Karen Stewart:
NSA whistleblower comes out of the shadows into the light
EXCLUSIVE: Former NSA employee speaks out on its corruption
Additional Resources:
Targeting America: The FBI, COINTELPRO, and Project Pedophile by XKeyscore/Intellihub News
NSA and DARPA using patented brain-computer interface technologies that can read your
thoughts!/Government-sponsored mind-reading exposed by XKeyscore/Intellihub News
Targeted Individuals 24/7 Nightmare: NSA Whistleblower Tells EU Parliament by Deborah
Dupre/Before Its News
FBI COINTELPRO Intensifies Against Targeted Individuals by Deborah Dupre/Human Rights
Examiner
Misled and betrayed: How US cover stories are keeping a Cold War weapon and illegal human
testing secret By Cheryl Welsh/Torture, Asian and Global Perspectives, Volume 2, Issue 2, June-
August 2013
How Secret Policing With Deadly Non-Lethal EMF/Scalar/Sonic Neuroweaponry Has Been
Installed Domestically Inside the US, & Globally by Ramola D/The Everyday Concerned Citizen
Is the US Department of Justice Secretly Permitting Local Law Enforcement & the Military to
Assault American Citizens Using Covert Directed-Energy Non-Lethal Weapons? by Ramola D/The
Everyday Concerned Citizen
Bio: Ramola Ds short fiction collection Temporary Lives, (University of Massachusetts Press,
2009), was awarded the 2008 AWP Grace Paley Prize and was a finalist for the 2010 Library of
Virginia Fiction award. Invisible Season, her first poetry collection, co-won the Washington Writers
Publishing House award in 1998. Against the Conspiracy of Things, her second manuscript of
poetry was a recent finalist for the 2013 Benjamin Saltman Prize, Red Hen Press. A Discovery/The
Nation finalist, and five-time Pushcart Prize nominee, she is the recipient of a 2005 National
Endowment for the Arts fellowship in poetry. Her fiction, poetry, essays, reviews, and writer-
interviews have appeared in various journals and anthologies, including Kweli Journal, Kartika
Review, Urban Confustions, Greensboro Review, Los Angeles Review, Short Review, Blackbird,
Prairie Schooner, Agni, Green Mountains Review, Indiana Review, Writers Chronicle, Indian
Express, and been reprinted in Best American Poetry 1994, Best American Fantasy 2007, Full
Moon on K Street: Poems About Washington, DC, and Literal Lattes The Anthology: Highlights
from Fifteen Years of a Unique Mind Stimulating Literary Magazine. Her fiction was shortlisted
under 100 Other Distinguished Stories in Best American Stories 2007, and included in the
anthologies Enhanced Gravity: More Fiction by Washington DC Women Writers (Paycock Press,
2006), All About Skin: Short Fiction by Women Writers of Color (University of Wisconsin Press,

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page15
15of
of126
2011), and Extraordinary Rendition: (American) Writers on Palestine (Oregon Books, 2015).
Ramola holds an MFA from George Mason University and a BS in Physics and MBA from the
University of Madras. She has most recently taught Creative Writing at The George Washington
University and at The Writers Center, Bethesda. She is the founder and editor of Delphi Quarterly,
an online journal for writer, poet, and filmmaker interviews. She currently lives in the Boston area
with her husband and daughter, and runs art and creative writing workshops for children while
working on a novel, short fiction, poetry, and childrens books.

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page16
16of
of126
Nsa Whistleblower Karen Stewart And

Federal Whistleblower Stan J. Caterbone
Discuss U.S. Sponsored Mind Control And
Electronic Harassment Protocols On
Linkedin.Com January 11, 2017
Karen Stewart on Nov 16, 11:41 PM
================
Hello Stan! I went to Millersville one summer for language refresher training for NSA. Probably
mid-90's.
Stan Caterbone on Nov 17, 2:04 AM

================
Hi Karen glad to hear from you I didn't know that how are you holding up did you see my piece
about Bob Walker I'll send you a link I'm reading Stan J. Caterbone and Conflicts With the
Trump Administration - Monday November 14, 2016 on Scribd. Check it out:
https://www.scribd.com/doc/331068312
Karen Stewart on Nov 17, 8:59 AM

================
No, I had not. I will look for that article. Appreciate the link!
Stan Caterbone on Dec 28, 7:08 AM

================
Karen, don't mean to bother you, but do you think it odd that all the HOLLYWOOD CELEBS
DYING LATELY ARE BY HEART ATTACKS?
Karen Stewart on Dec 28, 7:59 AM

================
I did find the Carrie Fischer death very odd.

================
Fisher...

================
Had not noticed others. I don't follow Hollywood.

================
Alan Thicke, George Michael, Florence Henderson, Prince, etc., I know they have hit my heart

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page17
17of
of126
about 6 or so times in the past 10 years. It usually only lasts about a minute or so. Once they hit
me and Rush Limbaugh reported his unusual heart attack at the same time. I wrote to him and
provided some information. Of course Brittney Spears is a TI, on a conservatorship, maybe for
life. And Michael Jackson who died the same day as Farah Fawcett in 2009; is whole problem
with the drug that killed him was that HE COULD NOT SLEEP!
http://www.justjared.com/2016/12/27/in-remembrance-celebrity-deaths-in-2016/2/

================
Oh, wow!

================
yeah I want to develop a checklist of commonalities just for the heck of it of course when I have
time I've got so many court cases right now that are active

================
That is a good idea. With rumors of dollar collapse and rounding up Americans to FEMA camps,
"they" might be "collecting" up on the insurance policies they held on these people and their
fortunes.

================
And of course the most interesting of all chief justice Scalia of the Supreme Court very strange
Karen Stewart on Dec 28, 6:44 PM

================
Don't believe it was natural causes... CIA Heart Attack gun.

================
I think so too:
Justice Scalia's unexamined death points to a problem, by CNN

http://www.cnn.com/2016/02/18/opinions/justice-scalia-no-autopsy-melinek/
Stan Caterbone on Jan 7, 12:50 PM

================
Karen I guess you saw the article if you did here's USA Today -
http://www.usatoday.com/story/news/2017/01/06/airport-shooter-isil-mind-control/96268492/
Karen Stewart on Jan 7, 1:15 PM

================
Yes! Thank you! I put a comment and called channel 7 news Miami/Ft. Lauderdale to tell them to
look into "Voice of God" weapon used in Iraq and "holosonics".

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page18
18of
of126
================
Thanks Karen that sounds like a great idea let me know if they do anything

================
Will do.

================
Karen I just looked up the voice of God weapon and I see that it's at DARPA weapon. Do you
know I did work for DARPA be back in 1990?

================
I did not, I just wanted to open the eyes of these reporters to this technology. I know VoG was
used in Iraq. I also told them to research "holosonics" as a commercial use of similar technology
so that they could ask more intelligent questions in regard to shooters claims of hearing voices
and not just write ALL these incidents off to the usual, tired narrative.

================
Beyond that, I had no further comments. Let investigative reporters investigate...

================
Well, I have more problems, THE FEDS WON'T LET ME ALONE, THEY ARE USING THE
TRASH OF SOCIETY ON THE STREETS TO HARASS, THREATEN, DESTROY MY
PROPERTY, ETC. ON A DAILY BASIS - HOUR BY HOUR!

================
Oh I forgot plus I'm fighting COINTELPRO with the local Fusion Center here in LANCASTER,
PA
Karen Stewart on Jan 8, 12:18 AM

================
Oh yes, I'm in my 2nd round of stalking harassment + likely lethal Directed Energy Weapons for
over a year, weapons give to the most intellectually and morally bankrupt parasitic cowards in
the world.
Stan Caterbone on Jan 9, 12:01 AM

================
KAREN, THIS IS WHY HE PICKED FT. LAUDERDALE -
https://www.scribd.com/document/336041530/Case-No-16-2513-Preliminary-Injunction-Middle-
District-SUPPLEMENT-re-FBI-AGENT-INTERROGATED-SADDAM-LEADS-PROBE-
January-9-2017

================

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page19
19of
of126
Interesting. Miami FBI made their presence known to me just at the start of my stalking
harassment in Tallahassee. Dirty group.

================
Good to know thanks Karen

================
You know Lockheed Martin is integral in the stalking networks, right? William Cox specifically
from the Harrisburg office? William Cox enterprises / home businesses are involved. Perhaps
recruitment but I think handling under-the-table payments.

================
You know I have a brother that lives in Miami and a brother that lives in Lauderdale. My oldest
brother was killed and Santa Barbara Christmas day of 84. It was a victim of the LSD
experiments. My youngest brother died in Kill Devil Hills North Carolina in 96 as a suspicious
death.

================
William Cox Enterprise
6610 Man O' War Ct.
Tallahassee, FL.

================
Oh my gosh. I am so sorry.

================
http://listings.findthecompany.com/l/27051594/William-Patrick-Cox-in-Tallahassee-FL

================
Karen you're not going to believe this I never got the message about what William Cox was till
just now they must have held it from him I'll look into it thanks

================
There must be these "non-classifiable" home businesses in every town in which they/LM are
persecuting people.

================
Part of cointelpro or fusion centers

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page20
20of
of126
================
Yes, extension. Interesting fact, when I would lodge a complaint at the Tallahassee Police
Department or Leon County Sheriff's Department , they would continue to hit me with DEWs.
But when I went into the Florida Department of Law Enforcement... the DEWs stopped dead.

================
Do you have any synthetic telepathy or voice to skull

================
Mine started in 2005 days on end of interrogations sounded like they were CIA

================
They tried about 5 times in Florida, but "missed". 4 at night when I believe the magnets &
mirrors in my sleeping area threw off their aim. Once while I was on a dog walk but wearing an
EMF protective hat.

================
This is harmful, the Russians STOPPED using it according to Putin himself, because they were
brain damaging their own agents.

================
I also discerned the "handlers" in the neighborhood and called their phone right after an attempt
to let them know, I KNEW.

================
I've had it since 05 24/7 everywhere my father from the Navy. He graduated with honors from the
Naval Air gunners and had it from the fifties. They gave him an ET experience with it. They had
me connected everyone from an NSA agent 2 Timothy McVeigh and all kinds of different
situations. I was even connected to someone speaking Chinese go figure

================
Their logic is non-existent. Truly insane.

================
I'm very sorry. A man I know says he mitigates his by getting away from civilization.

================
Away from cell towers....

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page21
21of
of126
================
Debra Dupr was right, in her assessment that they are going after quality people... so it is not
entirely random.

================
Never been disconnected airplanes everywhere underwater everything

================
Do you think it is a deep brain receptor or just the ability to track your unique brain signature...
or a tracking chip.

================
You know mine is 2-way, not one way most people's is one way

================
Hmmm.

================
Do you actively or passively respond?

================
Does it take a concerted effort to respond?

================
My father's was two way, before I knew what it was he used to tell me about the conversations -
this was in the nineties

================
No seamlessly

================
Very disconcerting.

================
I have been sending out "invitations" to GET my story noticed.

================
Karen do you have my exclusive transcripts document

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page22
22of
of126

================
I have transcripts from videos of you Julian McKenney and Nick begich

================
If not send me your email and I'll email to you I can't find it online they must have deleted it

================
Those transcripts from nick and Julianne would be useful.

================
Karen I just filled in us Middle District Court I'll email you everything when I get home you'll
find it very useful

================
Thank you!!! My Maryland address is
PO Box 394
Annapolis Jct., MD 20701

================
Karen I just sent it to your repository email let me know if you got it

================
I will as soon as I charge the one device the account is on. :-)
K. M. Stewart

and
Karen
Karen
Stewart
Stewart
Page
Page23
23of
of126
1
1 Covert Harassment Conference

1-2 October 2015, Berlin, Germany
2
3 DR. NICK BEGICH

Mind Control: A Brave New World together with HAARP -
4 The Update
5 DR. BEGICH: Hello, and thank you for being
6 here and thank you to Peter and the rest of the team for
7 putting this together.
8 Everyone hears me okay, yes? In the back?
9 Okay. Good.
10 All right. I want to give a little bit of
11 background in terms of my interest in these areas. For
12 those that don't know my family story, it really goes
13 back quite a ways.
14 My father was in the United States Congress in
15 the early 1970s during the Nixon Administration. He was
16 lost in a plane with Hale Boggs. Some of you may
17 remember this if you've got a little bit of gray hair.
18 Hale Boggs was our House majority leader at the time,
19 one of the most powerful people in the United States
20 Congress. He was also a Warren Commissioner. He had a
21 strong dislike for J. Edgar Hoover, because he basically
22 read everybody's mail, tapped everybody's phones,
23 including the United States Congress, and then,
24 essentially, blackmailed political leaders to follow
25 whatever script he laid out.
Whistleblowers Stan Caterbone & Karen Stewart Page 24 of 126 Wednesday January 11, 2017
2
1 Boggs was a pretty outspoken individual. At
2 the time -- it was just before the second election of
3 Richard Nixon -- Boggs came to Alaska to work on my
4 father's campaign, which would have been his second term
5 in the United States Congress.
6 Boggs, before they flew out on October 16th,
7 three weeks before the second election of Richard Nixon,
8 began to talk about this scandal brewing in Washington,
9 DC. In fact, that very scandal, had it unfolded a
10 little bit differently -- for those that remember, the
11 planes disappeared.
12 Three weeks later, Nixon's elected for his
13 second term. It wasn't too much long after that that
14 the Watergate scandal broke. Agnew was thrown out of
15 office. Ford moved up. Then Nixon resigned. Ford
16 moved up again. For those that don't remember,
17 Rockefeller then slid into the Vice President's slot.
18 And then one of the old Manson women from the Charles
19 Manson days tried to assassinate Ford, which would have
20 put Rockefeller in the White House.
21 What would have otherwise happened, most
22 likely, the election would have taken place. Nixon
23 would have won. Agnew and Nixon would have been thrown
24 out at the same time. The Democrats would have
25 controlled the Congress. The Speaker of the House would
3
1 have elevated to the Presidency. The Democrats would
2 have been in control. But the opposite, of course,
3 happened and history tells us a lot about what really
4 happened there.
5 Twenty years later there was a report, an
6 investigative report by a publication called "Roll Call"
7 in Washington, DC. That report was looking into all of
8 these various Congressional deaths. You know, plane
9 crashes are kind of the hazard of political leadership,
10 it seems like.
11 But in researching that, what they found in the
12 FBI files were a couple of telexes -- this goes before
13 FAX machines -- and telexes coming from California into
14 Washington, DC reported that two people had been found
15 at a crash site. Those sources were later looked at by
16 the FBI to determine whether they were credible. A
17 follow-up telex came through saying, yes, they were.
18 That plane was never recovered. There were no survivors
19 officially; yet 20 years later, we find out, in fact,
20 there were.
21 So I know about conspiracies. Conspiracies are
22 conversations that happen in a room like this when
23 there's a bunch of people standing on the outside who
24 might not agree with us. But the reality is, even in
25 the political life, even at the highest levels, things
4
1 happen. Things happen that aren't easily explained.
2 Maybe a few decades go by before the truth is finally
3 revealed.
4 So I have a strong motivation foundationally in
5 terms of how I approach controversial issues. I don't
6 do it with fear. I've been doing this work for over 20
7 years. Fear isn't part of the equation. In fact, that
8 is the absolute adversary for getting anything
9 accomplished on this planet.
10 My interest in these areas started with HAARP.
11 And how many in this room do not know anything about
12 HAARP?
13 Okay. Well, that's a lot better than it used
14 to be. All right. It used to be the other way around.
15 Twenty years of this work and the work of others have
16 kind of brought this into the public.
17 So the first image -- I'm going to use HAARP as
18 sort of the backdrop as I move into the mind control,
19 mind effects-related technology. This is just an image
20 in my part of the world. I come from Alaska. I don't
21 know if -- maybe I've come the farthest for this
22 presentation. But I appreciate being here and I
23 appreciate the opportunity to inform people about this
24 subject.
25 So HAARP is a large array, a field of antennas
5
1 in Alaska, currently 180 antennas. They're
2 approximately 20 meters tall. They have a cross dipole,
3 which you can see, which is the very top of these
4 antennas. And what these are designed to do is focus or
5 concentrate radiofrequency energy into a relatively
6 small space.
7 If you think about the energy of a flashlight,
8 for instance, or a torch, as they say here in Europe, I
9 shine that against the wall, the beam starts out small,
10 and then it broadens as you get further away from the
11 source.
12 The same is true with radiofrequency energy.
13 You can think about it as an inverted funnel starting
14 here at the transmitter and then spreading out and
15 getting thinner and thinner, less dense, which is why
16 the further you get away from radio broadcast antennas,
17 the weaker and weaker the signal.
18 With HAARP, the opposite occurs. They have
19 figured out a way through what's called cyclotron
20 resonance, which would be focusing or concentrating the
21 energy. So if you could visualize it, it would look
22 like sort of a cork-screwing kind of motion that got
23 smaller and smaller as you move further and further away
24 from the transmitter.
25 So it concentrates that energy or focuses that
6
1 energy so you can manipulate it in various ways. And so
2 the HAARP array, which was originally designed by a
3 gentleman, Bernard Eastlund, who's now deceased, was
4 intended to do a number of things as a weapons
5 application. This is the earlier version when it was
6 half the current size of the transmitter in Alaska. You
7 can see the field of antennas. In this case there were
8 90 antennas in the array.
9 And here's another image as they expanded the
10 array to 180. And another image showing the array.
11 Now, they also upgraded the technology pretty
12 substantially over the years. So it became much more
13 efficient. So with a much smaller system you create
14 much bigger effects.
15 So what does it do? Essentially, it's sending
16 energy or focusing energy up into an area known as the
17 ionosphere, which in this image in miles -- I apologize
18 for that -- is approximately 37 miles to 620 miles out
19 into space.
20 Now, this is a highly energized area. If you
21 think about radiofrequency signals or shortwave signals,
22 they would come from the earth, they'd bounce off of us,
23 and then bounce back down to the earth to transmit over
24 large distances.
25 The ionosphere also is an area that can be
7
1 disturbed by solar radiation, radiation from the sun.
2 When it becomes destabilized, it interferes with
3 terrestrial communications of every kind.
4 So part of the idea in this technology was to
5 learn how to stabilize the ionosphere during these
6 periods or deliberately disrupt the ionosphere to
7 interfere with communications on a global basis.
8 Now, what caught my interest when I first
9 looked at this issue of HAARP was a very short article
10 in a publication, an Australian publication, that talked
11 about this big system in Alaska.
12 Now, I come from a family that's pretty
13 politically engaged. Besides my dad being in the
14 Congress, my younger brother just finished a term in the
15 United States Senate. My family's been involved in
16 politics a very long time.
17 Alaska is a very big region, but we're a really
18 small population; 700,000 people in our entire region.
19 And when you think about big projects, you know, you
20 think you know something about them.
21 Well, I'm reading about this project in my
22 state in a journal in Australia and I'm going, you know,
23 why doesn't anybody know about this?
24 And so I decided I would go in and look into
25 this issue independently. And I did. I picked up maybe
8
1 30 articles and papers, design specifications, some
2 things, and with friends encouraging me to publish, I
3 published the first article that I had written on HAARP
4 back in 1994. So it's been a very long time ago.
5 What also caught my interest was the idea that
6 they were primarily utilizing, in some applications,
7 extremely low frequency signals or ELFs. These are
8 signals that can be biologically active, can affect us
9 as human beings and in very specific ways.
10 And in particular, certain applications of the
11 technology -- and this gives you sort of a graphic
12 illustration of the focus. These view graphs, actually,
13 were given to me by the inventor, Bernard Eastlund,
14 prior to his passing. And we utilized them in our
15 publications and in some of our work. So this gives you
16 kind of a graphic showing the radiofrequency from the
17 array, moving up into the ionosphere and focusing that
18 energy.
19 His initial concept was to create a global
20 shield, to be able to utilize the natural magnetic field
21 lines that surround the earth, be able to punch energy
22 into this and then create this kind of global shielding
23 effect. And the idea was that any electronic device
24 piercing that energy would be disrupted, like
25 satellites, intercontinental ballistic missiles,
9
1 virtually any electronic device that ran into this field
2 of energy that was being amplified would be destroyed.
3 Now, one of the other interesting parts of
4 this -- and this kind of shows that, again, utilizing
5 one of Eastlund's graphics. So you can see like a field
6 line and then you see this cork-screwing energy going
7 around it. That energy naturally is occurring from the
8 southern polar regions into the northern polar regions.
9 And, in this case, they actually couple -- actually
10 utilize the energy on the ground to couple with the
11 natural energy, and then coming from the north to the
12 south, create this cork-screwing effect, which
13 accelerates the electrons and then creates this global
14 shield.
15 Now, that was his initial concept. And as a
16 concept, it caught the attention of a number of people
17 and eventually got funding from the Congress, initially
18 at 30 million, and over the last few decades now over
19 almost 300 million, which in dollars is not a lot of
20 money, but when you consider, this is sort of the
21 pinnacle of billions of dollars spent in ionosphere
22 research over many decades.
23 What caught my attention in terms of the
24 technology of Eastlund -- I'm going to skip some of
25 these that are not so relevant -- was the idea that you
10
1 could manipulate the ionosphere -- and I'll use this as
2 a better example. So one of the thoughts was that if
3 you could punch or pulse energy into the ionosphere --
4 so think about this energy going up and, like, a hammer
5 ringing a bell. Every time it hits that ionosphere, the
6 ionosphere itself vibrates and then it begins to send a
7 signal in the ELF range. So you have a high frequency
8 signal going up, punching the ionosphere, the ionosphere
9 which is energized then acts as a broadcast antenna in
10 the sky bringing back an ELF signal to the earth, and in
11 this case covering an entire hemisphere.
12 Now, ELF signals, extremely low frequency
13 signals, are very long wavelengths. They penetrate the
14 earth and sea. They're utilized for communication with
15 submarines, as an example, the depth, because short
16 wavelengths won't penetrate the earth and sea. They're
17 also used for what's called earth-penetrating
18 tomography, which in simple language or by analogy would
19 be like x-raying the earth or looking into the earth for
20 underground structures.
21 But one of the side effects of ELF is the
22 entrainment effect on the human mind. Because ELF
23 signals will lock onto in what's called a frequency
24 following response. And you can use a lot of different
25 techniques to create a frequency following response.
11
1 You can use flickering light, you can use binaural beat,
2 which I'll explain in a few minutes. You can use
3 electromagnetic fields such as this, or even the power
4 grid itself can be modulated in such a way to create a
5 signal that the human body will join with, will couple
6 with, and begin to follow. It doesn't take a great deal
7 of energy to accomplish this.
8 This is the one that triggered my real interest
9 in HAARP, because this is the one that everybody kind of
10 ignored and said, oh. In fact, the HAARP planners said,
11 well, if ELF has a biological effect, it's a side
12 effect. It's an unintended consequence. We heard that
13 phrase earlier today. But I don't believe that. I
14 believe that it's an intended consequence. It's
15 intended to grade populations in very specific ways.
16 Now, this book was mentioned by my friend
17 earlier today, "Between Two Ages", by Zbigniew
18 Brzezinski. And why this is an important book, it was
19 written, actually, in 1973, when Brzezinski was at
20 Columbia University. This is before he became National
21 Security Adviser to President Carter. This is around
22 the time that Kissinger and he and others were starting
23 to think about the Trilateral Commission organizing this
24 think tank, so to speak.
25 Now, find this book. I really encourage you to
12
1 find this book and read it, because it is not a
2 prediction of what will come with technology. It's the
3 blueprint, in fact. You can read this.
4 When I first read it -- he writes in a pretty
5 convoluted style. It's a little difficult even in
6 English to understand. But I really encourage you to
7 read it because he predicted the economic changes that
8 took place, the political changes that took place in the
9 world over the last 40 years with a great deal of
10 accuracy. And some will say it really wasn't the
11 prediction. It was the plan.
12 If you look within this text between Pages 54
13 and 56, you'll see a section that's dedicated to the
14 kind of technologies we're talking about today, a mind
15 control technology. And what Zbigniew referenced was a
16 guy named J. F. Gordon MacDonald. And he was a
17 geophysicist at UCL. He wrote a book -- or, actually, a
18 chapter in a book and the chapter was called, "How to
19 Wreck Your Environment", which this is before Earth Day,
20 okay, so he could get away with that. It was 1969 when
21 that book was actually published. But what he said that
22 caught Zbigniew Brzezinski's attention was, he said, if
23 we could ever figure out how to electronically stroke
24 the ionosphere in just the right way, we could return a
25 signal to the earth that would influence the behavior of
13
1 people over huge geographic areas.
2 Now, that's a pretty profound thing. But we
3 didn't have a way to stroke the ionosphere in 1969. But
4 we did by the 1990s. And that was, in fact, and is, in
5 fact, the HAARP system that can accomplish this.
6 So the idea was -- and it was kind of, in a
7 gross sort of way, primitive, if you will, but what the
8 intention was, was that if you could pulse the
9 ionosphere, return this ELF signal to the earth, you
10 could agitate the population in very specific ways. You
11 could make them passive, less aggressive, or the
12 opposite by just amplifying that signal. And I'll
13 explain a little bit of that as we go on.
14 The other person that comes out in the last
15 presentations, Jose Delgado, and this book he wrote,
16 "Physical Control of the Mind: Toward a Psychocivilized
17 Society". And this is, again, a 1960s book. Those
18 images that you saw in just this short video clip of
19 Delgado's work, there is a good section in this text as
20 well showing that.
21 But in those days they used implants. They had
22 to physically put something in the brain. And what Jose
23 Delgado originally did -- he was actually educated in
24 electrophysiology at the University of Madrid. He
25 graduated in 1950. Electrophysiology, as a degree
14
1 field, thinking about it in 1950, now 65 years ago, most
2 people don't even realize that's an area of higher
3 education today, much less that far back.
4 One of my mentors, Raul Makayla (phonetic), he
5 actually graduated University of Madrid in 1958, and his
6 area of interest was, essentially, the same, biomagnetic
7 and electric fields, effects on human physiology, and he
8 spent his career studying that.
9 Delgado, at Yale University, he initially was
10 mapping the brain of primates and humans by stimulating
11 various portions of the brain to figure out what was
12 responsible for what kind of activity. And then he
13 began to utilize the implants in those dramatic ways in
14 those film clips with the charging bull and he throws
15 the switch and the bull stops, to demonstrate that you
16 could take a creature from passive to highly aggressive
17 to passive to highly aggressive, just like flipping on
18 and off the lights in your living room.
19 What Delgado discovered by the mid-'80s is that
20 you didn't need any implants. You just needed to
21 manipulate the energy itself. And you didn't need a
22 great deal of energy.
23 Now, we've heard -- I forget the amount of
24 energy surrounding us now. Was it a quintillion? I
25 believe it was 18 zeros after the one that we heard
15
1 earlier. Back when I wrote the HAARP book in '94, just
2 radiofrequency energy alone, it was 200 million times
3 more around us every day than nature created in 1994.
4 Now, when you think about it, what did Delgado
5 discover? He discovered that one-fiftieth of the amount
6 of energy in the natural background noise of the earth
7 was sufficient to manipulate the behavior of human
8 beings if you could hit the right frequencies, if you
9 could hit those window frequencies that stimulated that
10 kind of activity.
11 Now, if you think about this -- again, by
12 analogy, think about dialing through the radio stations
13 on a radio. In between the stations you get the white
14 noise, the static, you get no clear signal. But when
15 you have resonance between the transmitter and the
16 receiver, then you get a nice, clear signal.
17 The same is true in our physiology. Whether
18 you're looking at stimulating or affecting a specific
19 element in the body, molecules in the body, cell
20 structures or organ structures or even the human mind,
21 it's about manipulating the underlying energy.
22 When you think about medical science in terms
23 of how the fork in the road is and how this kind of
24 applies to why don't we know more about this today,
25 well, there's lots of literature now. 25,000 sources, I
16
1 think we heard quoted earlier today. 25,000 sources
2 talking about the energy interactions with the human
3 body. That is a lot of information.
4 But what happened in medical science? A lot of
5 people that went into life sciences, they were really
6 good in the chemistry, a little weak in the math, so
7 they went to life sciences. People who were a little
8 better in the math, they went to physics. And then once
9 upon a time, these two came together and we got
10 biophysics, which is really the root of real health
11 science. If you really want to get to the meat of it,
12 you've got to get to the energetic interactions that
13 create chemical reactions that then manifest in the
14 body.
15 And that's what we kind of miss in so much of
16 our medicine. We followed a pharmaceutical model as
17 opposed to an electromagnetic model. In the '30s, prior
18 to World War II, that fork in the road was being
19 explored pretty aggressively, the energetic models. But
20 they were somehow lost in that shuffle and we ended up
21 with the pharmaceutical industry, and the results of
22 that, I think we can all not be quite so proud of.
23 In terms of where the technology is going and
24 where a lot of the science is going, it will be
25 electromedicine that cures most of what we call
17
1 incurable. It will also be that which enhances or
2 debilitates human consciousness itself.
3 Now, Jose Delgado, when he figured out that you
4 didn't need implants, you just need to manipulate the
5 energy itself, this became kind of the essence of sort
6 of where everything went from there.
7 But I want to roll back a little bit, a little
8 bit back in time, and talk more about the evolution of
9 mind control as technology starting with the work at
10 Harvard University of a gentleman, Estabrook, who was
11 working in the Harvard hypnotherapy labs in the 1920s.
12 You can look Estabrook up. Look him up at the Library
13 of Congress and you'll see his list of publications, and
14 I recommend that you do that.
15 What he decided was that you could create what
16 we would call today a Manchurian candidate. You could
17 take certain individuals, put them in a very, very deep
18 state of hypnosis and then over a period of time train
19 them so they would be like this super spy that you could
20 send into another country and they'd hang out for a year
21 or two, but if they got captured, they wouldn't really
22 remember any of their former self, and then when they
23 came back, in this case, into the United States, that we
24 would then give them the appropriate suggestions and
25 then extract the intelligence from them.
18
1 And this is what Estabrook was working on. By
2 the 1930s, a lot of his work was being classified and he
3 continued to work in this field up through the 1960s.
4 His last book -- and I always like to read the last
5 thing someone writes, you know, because it tells you a
6 lot about, sort of, the conclusions and there are things
7 that you might discard bits and pieces as science
8 enlightens you and your experience enlightens you. And
9 what he talked about in that last book were the
10 experiments he was involved in using LSD and other
11 hallucinogenics in mind control, which he actually
12 talked about in a favorable sense.
13 And for those of you that remember, the CIA was
14 heavily involved in this in the 1960s and, in fact, the
15 whole area pre-1960s going back even to the Korean War,
16 which is sort of my next mark on the timeline.
17 The Korean War, we had prisoners, patriotic
18 young Americans come back from war and they're handing
19 out Communist leaflets on street corners, and the term
20 or the phrase brainwashing came into being. That's
21 where it came from. It came from that series of events
22 after the Korean War.
23 The idea of being able to manipulate people's
24 behavior and change them so profoundly became of
25 interest to the predecessor of the Central Intelligence
19
1 Agency and then later the Central Intelligence Agency.
2 And what they looked at were lots of different ways to
3 manipulate human behavior.
4 Now, when I was researching my first book with
5 Jeane Manning, "Angels Don't Play This HAARP", I was
6 looking for a good source document that would speak to
7 this, because you always read about this in secondary,
8 tertiary sources. And so I'm in a book room, a big
9 surplus book room, and I'm telling this guy that I know,
10 I really need this source. And as I'm having this
11 conversation, I reach unconsciously behind me into a box
12 and I pull out this book.
13 This is a really interesting one. This is
14 actually a presidential report. This is a report that
15 was commissioned at the time, 1975, to look at the
16 abuses of the CIA. Now, this came out of the Church
17 Committee reports, which were Congressional hearings
18 that took place in the early '70s to investigate the
19 abuses of the Central Intelligence Agency, the kind of
20 abuses that we read about today, because nothing really
21 changed. Supposedly, this was to change things.
22 Now, what's in this report? The LSD
23 experiments were in this report. The idea the Central
24 Intelligence Agency was domestically infiltrating civil
25 rights groups, antiwar groups, people that, essentially,
20
1 opposed the government within the United States, which
2 was not part of their mandate, in fact, was illegal.
3 The fact that they were reading people's mail, utilizing
4 unwitting victims and experiments for mind control. All
5 of this came out in this report in 1975. And yet, the
6 CIA continues to do it even to this day.
7 Think about the kinds of activities that have
8 been reported pretty widely over the last few years,
9 whether it's digging through garbage to blackmail other
10 diplomats, which is something our Intelligence community
11 does, whether it's to send pallet loads of money into
12 countries like we did in Afghanistan to bribe officials
13 as a way of doing business, or whether it's to
14 assassinate people with drones, kidnap people and
15 torture them.
16 Now, most of us don't know people like this,
17 but this is the government that I unfortunately have
18 guiding my country right now. It's a government of
19 criminals. Now, people want to talk about, oh, this
20 couldn't happen here.
21 It has happened here. It's happened for
22 decades in the United States. This report by the
23 President's Commission touches the very tip of that
24 iceberg.
25 This is another document. This is -- this guy,
21
1 Captain Tyler, he later became a colonel and retired.
2 He was involved in pretty much the sort of esoteric side
3 of some of the government research. This book -- this
4 chapter out of this book is called, "Low-Intensity
5 Conflict and Modern Technology". It was prepared by
6 Maxwell Air Force Base in 1984. And it was talking
7 about a large -- a variety of technologies.
8 But in this particular one, if you look at,
9 certainly, the subject lines, you have stimulation of ,
10 bones* generation, healing of fractures, treatment of
11 disease, healing of wounds. You look at behavior
12 modification in animals. You know, some of these things
13 that are listed here were kind of under the mysterious
14 category. They couldn't really explain what was
15 happening in 1984.
16 But the idea was to stimulate research in these
17 fields. So a number of things happened. A lot of money
18 started to flow into these areas. One of the reports
19 that came out in the 1980s as a result of some of this
20 was the Radiofrequency Dosimetry Handbook. It was a
21 big, thick handbook. It was produced by the University
22 of Utah under contract to the United States Air Force to
23 determine the radiofrequency dosages that were required
24 to override every vital organ of the human body, whether
25 it be the heart, the liver, the lungs, the kidneys, just
22
1 sort of preempt their natural function to be able to do
2 it remotely.
3 And the idea was to take that leap of
4 technology and begin to apply it into weapon systems.
5 Mind control. "The Economist". Cover story. Some of
6 you will remember this one. This is 2002, I believe.
7 Yeah, 2002. And what this cover story was about was
8 about the ethics of mind control. Not saying, hey, does
9 it exist or doesn't it exist? It's just saying it's
10 here right now. We really need to be debating whether
11 we should advance this technology, whether we should
12 limit this technology. "The Economist" is certainly a
13 credible publication. Not too much happened from this
14 story.
15 This is -- unfortunately, it's not showing up.
16 November -- you can get this one on my website. I'll
17 give you my website, because this is a very important
18 document. The Navy set up a new set of regulations for
19 human experiments. It was approved in 2006. You know,
20 in history, that's like tomorrow and yesterday, right?
21 It's, like, now. And in this they specifically call out
22 mind control experiments and who has the authority to
23 approve them. And the persons with the authority to
24 approve them is under secretaries of the Navy in the
25 case of Navy Intelligence or Naval research.
23
1 Now, it's not just CIA. Naval Intelligence
2 does this work. The Marines have a section on
3 non-lethal weapons that this falls under. The Air Force
4 has the electromagnetic directorate, which is working in
5 an area called controlled effects, which deal, again,
6 with mind control and physiological effects on human
7 beings. In fact, they publish a publication called
8 "Technology Horizons". I believe it's the June 2004
9 issue. You can look it up. The cover story is on
10 controlled effects.
11 Now, what are controlled effects? The first
12 effect is attacking hardware; you know, like equipment,
13 like machines, to be able to interfere with the flow of
14 electrons through circuits to disrupt those machines to
15 operate. Not using bombs and bullets and the things of
16 history, but using energy itself to manipulate hardware.
17 The second sort of level of controlled effects
18 talked about in that article is the idea of manipulating
19 the software, the systems that run those systems, so
20 that you can disrupt the software, then you disrupt the
21 hardware, and things collapse.
22 And the third leg of controlled effects is the
23 human operator. And what they say in this particular
24 article produced by the electromagnetic director of the
25 Air Force is that we can target or create the illusion
24
1 of all of the senses in the human body; sight, sound,
2 touch, taste, to give people complete memory sets,
3 complete experiential sets that you wouldn't be able to
4 distinguish the synthetic from the real.
5 Now, think about that for a moment. What does
6 that do to court testimony in 20 years if this becomes
7 the norm? They're now talking about using this for
8 post-traumatic stress syndrome folks, people coming back
9 from warfare. This just sort of cleans up the garbage
10 of the mind and gets rid of that stress. Some people
11 think that's a great idea. Personally, I think that's
12 the biggest mistake we could ever make. Because
13 whatever those servicemen and women were engaged in --
14 what used to happen in warfare -- what happened in World
15 War II when everybody came back, they said, I don't ever
16 want to see my children in these things, I don't want to
17 see my grandchildren in these things. Wars need to be
18 put down, not amplified.
19 When you take the human factor out of warfare
20 and it becomes like a videogame, then our willingness to
21 withdraw from direct conflict no longer happens.
22 And think about where our military science has
23 gone. In fact, I want to mention another very important
24 publication. It was produced by the US Army War College
25 in the early 1980s. It's called the "Revolution of
25
1 Military Affairs and Conflict Short of War". And this
2 particular paper was talking about revolution of
3 military affairs. What is that exactly?
4 This is a leap as important as the introduction
5 of gunpowder in the middle ages in Europe, as important
6 as atomic weapons in the last century. And that's how
7 they characterize it. And what this is is the leap
8 where we move from ordinance, from bullets, bombs,
9 things that rip tissue and tear things up, to
10 electromagnetic weapon systems that keep sort of the
11 hardware intact, but debilitate the human operator to
12 the point of being combat ineffective. Or conversely,
13 enhance the possibilities within our own combatants
14 while degrading the abilities of others.
15 There's simple ways that you can achieve this.
16 You can introduce to the battlefield certain elemental
17 compounds that in small background amounts would not be
18 considered dangerous. Let me give you iodine as an
19 example. We all need a certain amount of iodine in the
20 body to maintain thyroid function. But if you have too
21 much iodine, you'll get poisoned. You'll die. You'll
22 get sick.
23 So what can you do? You can send a signal in
24 that resonates the very same signal strength and
25 frequency as iodine, you can send that signal in and the
26
1 body will begin to react as if its gotten this massive
2 load of iodine and show all the symptoms of iodine
3 poisoning. You check the thyroid; check the blood, it's
4 not there. Mystery illness.
5 Something as simple as that for manipulating
6 large populations, not necessarily with their consent
7 and not necessarily with clear knowledge, and nothing
8 shows up in the background that would say why this
9 poison actually exists that would account for this. A
10 simple way.
11 One of the other ways that this technology can
12 be exploited is really quite simple. There was an
13 article produced by "Parameters", which is a military
14 publication. "Parameters". You can look it up. It's
15 the -- I believe it was the Fall 1998, but you can look
16 up the article name called, "The Mind has no Firewall".
17 It's a very important article. This article talked
18 about all the various ways in which you could introduce
19 mind effects or mind control technologies using modern
20 technology today. And the original article was actually
21 written in a military journal called "Orienteer"
22 published in what is now Russia.
23 What's interesting about this is it said you
24 could use any electromagnetic carrier, whether it be
25 radio, TV, the Internet, now cell phones; but,
27
1 essentially, any of these carriers, you can modulate a
2 signal on them that will manipulate behavior of segments
3 of the population.
4 And the Russians demonstrated this in a couple
5 of different ways. There was a program. It was called
6 "Undercurrents". It aired in the CBC, which is the
7 Canadian Public Broadcasting System. "Undercurrents"
8 did two really interesting stories that I got to
9 participate in. One was on HAARP and the other was on
10 mind control. And on the mind control story that they
11 did -- this was a very popular program in Canada at the
12 time and this particular segment was their highest rated
13 that they had ever run. And they had folks that came in
14 who were involved in the "Star Wars" initiative during
15 the Reagan Administration that couldn't talk about what
16 they did in the White House, but they could talk about
17 what they observed in Russia.
18 And one of the things that they talked about
19 was the idea that you could -- you could create, sort
20 of, this white noise and on this white noise carry a
21 signal. And so they put out this message, bring us
22 cake. And Russians at tea time, you know, they eat
23 these little cakes? I guess you do that in other parts
24 of Europe as well.
25 And so at the appointed time they began to
28
1 broadcast this. And workers from within that building
2 and on the street were bringing cake into the meeting
3 room without really knowing why they were doing it.
4 They just felt like doing it. Well, that was, in fact,
5 what they were programmed to do.
6 Now, this goes back. We're talking about
7 15-year-old technology. And when you think about sort
8 of where did it go from there, in 2006, there were a
9 couple contracts left by DARPA, which does research for
10 the defense industry in the United States. And DARPA
11 used to be run by a guy named Tony Tether. Tony Tether
12 was a good friend of Ben Eastlund's.
13 Now, what they were doing then was, they had
14 left two contracts to the University of California for
15 what's called electronic telepathy. Okay. Electronic
16 telepathy. The idea of reading another person's mind at
17 a distance by analyzing the emanations coming from this
18 area, being able to analyze that and determine and
19 interpret what it is. And then the other half of the
20 contract was to create complex signals to see if you
21 could transfer that array, so to speak, of signals into
22 another person's consciousness and whether they would
23 perceive the same images.
24 Now, there was work done by Elizabeth Rauscher
25 and her late husband, Bill Van Bise, in this very same
29
1 area. In fact, I have a copy of their unpublished paper
2 where they actually built an electronic circuit where
3 they could take a person in one room and a person in
4 another room, attach this person to that circuit and
5 this person to that circuit, and then, you know, the
6 psychic card where they show the triangles, the squares
7 and the circles and the little squiggly lines, a hundred
8 percent accurate with nine test subjects who had never
9 experienced consciously in any way any sense of
10 extrasensory perceptions or psychic perceptions. They
11 did it with hardware, transferring thoughts from one to
12 the other.
13 Now -- which tells me it's probably a little
14 more simple than what DARPA's doing. But when Ben
15 Eastlund was doing work on HAARP and he was doing other
16 work for DARPA at the time and we had talked about him
17 in our first publication, and then actually after
18 publication became friends, and Ben Eastlund's attitude
19 was, you know, some things just shouldn't be done. And
20 one of the things that he had been working on was
21 whether modification technologies, which he was at that
22 time and when we first met, making that technology
23 available to the military. And after some dialogue with
24 us and others, he decided there's certain technologies
25 that are not safe in the hands of military.
30
1 At one point along the course I began doing
2 quite a bit of work on this whole mind effects issue.
3 And I caught the attention of a woman, Dorothy Lay.
4 Now, Dorothy is one of the heirs to the Lay, as in
5 Frito-Lay and PepsiCo Corporation. So a very wealthy
6 family. Dorothy was very interested in this technology
7 specifically as it applied to victims.
8 And so she approached me at one point and asked
9 if I would become a member of her board of directors for
10 a non-profit that she was setting up to deal with these
11 kinds of technologies. And I've got to think about
12 whether I should tell you the rest of this story, and I
13 think I will, because why not?
14 So I have this thing, intuition. All of us
15 have it. I used to not pay as much attention to it as I
16 do today. When my intuition tells me something, I
17 listen, because when I really think about it, it's never
18 been wrong. Neither has yours, if you really think
19 about it. Or maybe you don't think about it and just
20 start acting on it.
21 So my intuition said -- and this was a very
22 difficult time for me in 2002. In 2002, I had been
23 betrayed by a very good friend, economically was
24 bankrupt in the middle of this work, because I started
25 this work in '94. Economically was being crushed. And
31
1 at that point I was deciding whether I was going to stay
2 in this work at all.
3 And I'm going through a bunch of my files and I
4 see this file and it's marked Lay. And I remember this
5 person had contacted us needing some information and we
6 provided it. And we never charge for that. I mean, the
7 way we operated is, I sold books. And people like you
8 bought my books. And they allowed me to do this work.
9 I didn't write for grants where somebody could
10 manipulate me and control me and tell me what to say. I
11 didn't go out and find some publisher that would edit
12 out my work. I risked my own money. I published my
13 book. And then I asked people to help me by supporting
14 that work by buying that book. And I tell you, I made
15 two and a half million dollars and I spent that two and
16 a half million dollars over 20 years doing what I'm
17 doing right now.
18 A VOICE: Thank you.
19 (Applause.)
20 DR. BEGICH: And the whole idea was just to
21 educate. I didn't deal with victims. Okay. And the
22 reason I didn't was because I felt that that was putting
23 the cart before the horse. We first need to educate
24 people that the technology is real, that this could
25 really happen to people and from that foundation, and
32
1 that became the foundation of my work in this.
2 So Dorothy calls me on the phone and she says,
3 will you be on my board? And I talked to her for about
4 an hour. At the end of the hour, I said, no, I can't be
5 on your board.
6 She said, well, why not?
7 I said, because my intuition is telling me I
8 really can't be on your board.
9 And she goes, well, I deserve more than that.
10 I said, okay. I don't know your board members,
11 I don't know who your board is, but something in here is
12 saying there's a problem there and I don't want to be
13 associated with them.
14 (Applause.)
15 DR. BEGICH: So it was a couple of months later
16 I got the call back. Because I told her also, I said,
17 you have millions. You have the ability. Go research
18 what they say they're doing. Go see if it's really
19 being done and find out for yourself. Do your due
20 diligence again.
21 And she did. A couple months later she came
22 back and she said, you were right. They were defrauding
23 me a number of ways. I've cleared out my board. It's
24 just me now and my attorney. Will you be on my board?
25 Now, bear in mind, I'm in a pretty desperate
33
1 situation economically. At the time I have five
2 children at home. I've got people to take care of. I
3 have an economy that I've got to manage. And I tell
4 Dorothy, no, I can't be on your board.
5 She says, well, why not?
6 I said, well, I need to meet you first in
7 person, eyeball to eyeball. I said, we're going to talk
8 for three days. We're not going to talk about your
9 foundation. I want to know everything I'm ever going to
10 read about you and your family in the newspaper. I want
11 you to have the same knowledge level of me. And I want
12 to know what your world view is before I join with you
13 in achieving that world view, because you have the means
14 and I have the willingness if that world view is shared.
15 So we spent a few days. We decided that I
16 could do this. And for four years I worked with her.
17 And we put together, as her major effort was, a
18 conference on mind effects. But it wasn't open to the
19 public. It was closed to the public. And it was to
20 bring some key people together to have a conversation
21 that would be open and free.
22 And one of those people I invited was Ben
23 Eastlund, who by then I'd gotten to know, had watched
24 what he had done in terms of his career. He was well
25 connected with DARPA at the time.
34
1 And I called him and I said, you know, Ben,
2 would you consider participating in this conference?
3 And he said, you know, if you had asked me this
4 seven or eight years ago, on a scale of one to ten, ten
5 being the relevance and importance of this, and one
6 being irrelevant and unimportant, I would have given
7 this a one or a two. He goes, but -- he goes, every
8 time I talk to Tony Tether or others at DARPA, nobody's
9 laughing about mind control anymore and it's a nine or a
10 ten and, yes, I'll participate in your conference.
11 The next person I asked was Garth Nicolson.
12 Does that name ring any bells for anybody? Okay. Garth
13 Nicolson was a full professor, I believe it was Texas
14 A&M. He taught medical students. He taught over a
15 thousand medical students. He was the guy that blew the
16 whistle on Gulf War Syndrome and testified in our
17 Congress six times before his wife was fired as a
18 molecular biologist from Texas A&M. And he was tenured;
19 they couldn't fire him. But they definitely harassed
20 him, because he was one of the first courageously enough
21 to step up to the plate and complain about what had been
22 happening in the Gulf War; we depleted uranium and some
23 of the other technologies that were being applied there.
24 Well, the best thing that ever happened to him
25 was he got out of the university system. He formed a
35
1 nonprofit to deal with chronic disease. And he was
2 somebody that I watched maintain his course under really
3 difficult circumstances. So he was invited to that
4 conference.
5 I invited the daughter of my mentor, Raul
6 Makayla. She's an electrophysiologist. She serves on
7 one of the boards in Russia that regulates medical
8 applications of lasers. She's an electrophysiologist.
9 Quite brilliant. We invited her.
10 We invited Rosalie Bertell. Does anyone
11 remember Rosalie Bertell? Okay. A few. Rosalie's
12 passed. Also deceased now. She was a mathematician,
13 physicist, biologist. She taught higher mathematics to
14 doctoral students at Berkeley. She was also a nun.
15 It's kind of an odd combination. She was the lead
16 statistician to go in to Bhopal for the World Health
17 Organization after that huge chemical disaster. But she
18 was considered one of the top people in the world for
19 dealing with victims of radiological experiments,
20 including electromagnetic radiation. She actually took
21 some of our work and added to it and published a book on
22 the HAARP system and its effect on human beings on this
23 sort of broad scale. So we had invited Rosalie, who had
24 been through some really difficult times as well, rose
25 out of her own ashes and maintained her ethical
36
1 platform.
2 The other person we invited was Alexander
3 Kaivarainen. Does anybody recognize that name? He was
4 the former head of the USSR Academy of Science
5 Biophysics Department for ten years. And this is the
6 area that really gets into the meat of what we're
7 talking about here today. Now, what got -- Alex, I
8 believe, is deceased now also. You know, all these
9 guys, you know, they're a lot older than me and they
10 keep dying of old age. But Alex got his stimulation in
11 science at a young age watching a demonstration of the
12 paranormal, ESP, telepathy, these kinds of things in
13 Russia when he was a teenager. And it just really
14 caught his interest.
15 When I met Alex, he was in his 60s and he was
16 the brightest top five physicists on the planet,
17 recognized by institutions around the world. And what
18 he had determined is that there were rational reasons
19 for why these things manifested. So he was invited to
20 this conference and actually presented a paper giving
21 the mathematics and the physics that lends itself to
22 these extrasensory possibilities, these things that the
23 military now calls anomalous human capabilities. We
24 used to call it extrasensory perception or ESP, but now
25 they give it a new name because there's a lot of
37
1 connotations with that that kind of get you discredited
2 in certain segments of the scientific community.
3 So I want to talk -- roll back again a little
4 bit -- I want to talk about binaural beat, which I had
5 mentioned earlier in this presentation. And I jump
6 around a little bit. It's kind of my style. I used to
7 not even use these things, but I think people feel more
8 comfortable using them.
9 The binaural beat. We can't hear these really,
10 really low frequency signals, because the human ear
11 doesn't quite work that way. Below a certain frequency,
12 the human ear won't hear.
13 Now, a gentleman by the name of Robert Monroe
14 developed a method using binaural beat where you could
15 send in a signal within the range of human hearing, say,
16 at 15,000 Hertz or pulses per second or cycles per
17 second, coming in one ear at, say, 15,000, another
18 signal coming in the other ear at, say, 15,007. Within
19 the cranium they will cancel each other out and leave a
20 beat frequency of seven, the difference between the two.
21 15,000, 15,007. The beat frequency becomes seven Hertz,
22 seven pulses per second, which happens to be in the
23 upper Theta range, and this is where the brain then
24 drives to.
25 At the same time that that occurs, you get a
38
1 hemispheric balance, a distribution of energy across
2 both hemispheres of the brain, the analytical side and
3 the creative side and working together. This is
4 actually how human beings are supposed to function.
5 This is how young children predominantly function, with
6 more of a balance between the hemispheres, where the
7 energy is more balanced. And then we educate them.
8 And with young girls, who we say are more
9 intuitive and have this other operation of the brain,
10 and young boys are more analytical, and now we kind of
11 treat everybody the same so we kind of dumb them all
12 down to the same level. But when you look at young
13 children and you look at where their brain activity is
14 and between 3 and, say, 5 or 6 years old, they have
15 this predominant brain frequencies or a lot of Theta
16 brain frequencies coming in and then some ELF and then
17 higher frequency ranges.
18 Now, what is Theta? Theta states if we're in a
19 Theta state, we're kind of like in that dream-like state
20 between awake and asleep where you're consciously aware
21 of your dreams. That's where 3 to 5 year olds spend a
22 good deal of their time. That's why their imaginations,
23 as we call it, are so active. And we keep saying, oh,
24 don't pay attention to that, don't pay attention to
25 that. This was our first attempt to shut down the
39
1 intuitive combinations of the way the brain is actually
2 supposed to work.
3 In fact, for those who have a Christian
4 background, you know Jesus Christ himself said, look at
5 the little children, watch what they do. You know, I
6 think I heard somebody say something about this earlier,
7 little children come to the table kind of innocent with
8 a view of the world that's quite different than the rest
9 of ours. But the brain activity of children is unique
10 and we begin to take that out of them in the structure
11 of the way we educate.
12 So what Robert Monroe -- he was actually a
13 radio engineer. He owned a bunch of radio stations. He
14 had this really weird experience. It's an OBE, an outer
15 body experience, that he had that kind of threw him.
16 You know, it didn't make any sense to him. So he
17 began -- he also noticed that in the background there
18 was this kind of noise that he perceived.
19 So he began to experiment and he created this
20 technique for binaural beat. He developed a whole
21 series. In fact, he actually got US patents on a
22 binaural beat. This is an image taken out of one of
23 those US patents from 1994, and this is showing the
24 brain before the activity, before turning on the
25 Hemi-Sync, and this is after, showing a more even
40
1 distribution in a more rhythmic pattern in the
2 brainwaves as you see in the upper right-hand corner.
3 Let me roll back again so you can kind of see
4 the comparison. Normal brain, kind of disorganized
5 activities happening all through the brain, and then a
6 coherent signal creating a hemispheric balance and an
7 optimization of brain potential.
8 So what did he do with this? He developed a
9 whole series of things; audio input technology,
10 essentially, to manipulate behavior, but where you're in
11 control of that manipulation. So you want to quit
12 smoking, you get his CD on quit smoking. It affects the
13 brain in such a way, becomes compelling, very affective.
14 Sleep disorders can be addressed in this way.
15 They have someone be able to relax, meditation,
16 concentration, accelerated learning. A whole array of
17 things can be done. And they did this by working with,
18 over the course of many, many, many, many years, and now
19 his daughter doing the work of working with thousands of
20 people to determine which signals actually created which
21 effects and then developing technology that they could
22 place in the hands of individuals to make the choice on
23 how to use it.
24 Now, that's kind of an interesting way of
25 looking at technology. It was my area of interest, in
41
1 the beginning of all of this work, was not looking for
2 the dark side of all of this, but in the mid-'80s I got
3 very interested in light and sound stimulation of the
4 brain that capitalized on sound signals and flickering
5 light for brain entrainment. Entrain the brain where
6 the brain will follow that external signal or what's
7 called FFR, frequency following response. So very
8 little energy.
9 Let me roll back to Delgado again.
10 One-fiftieth of the amount of energy the earth creates
11 is sufficient to move your brain into very specific
12 states. Dialing that radio up, if you will. This is
13 just another technique for altering brain activity that
14 might be beneficial, but you're in control of it, not
15 somebody else.
16 I'm going to skip some of these just because
17 they're not so relevant. And I'm going to close the
18 images and let me just go back into the whole dialogue
19 of this, mind effects.
20 When I think about sort of where do we go with
21 this conference, when we put that conference together
22 with the Lay Institute, our purpose was to put together
23 these really good thinkers to try and see if we could
24 create a synergy between them.
25 And when I first got interested in doing
42
1 something actively in science, it wasn't about HAARP and
2 it wasn't about mind control. The role that I thought I
3 would play -- and I was working in a government office
4 at the time, and it was -- my friend said, you make your
5 living with your left foot. Because I could make my
6 living, but the rest of my creativity could be engaged
7 elsewhere and me working in bureaucracy was really a bad
8 match.
9 But the point was, my youngest son, when I was
10 getting really frustrated with my work, said, change
11 channels.
12 You know, I'm thinking about this, because I
13 had just given him this discussion about creativity was
14 like changing the channels on the TV set, right, and so
15 he's feeding it back, time to change the channels, Dad.
16 So I thought about it. And what I decided I
17 would do is -- I read independently in science over 20
18 years. I had read some really compelling things from,
19 say, one guy in one branch of science. I thought, boy,
20 if this person could ever meet that person, you could
21 really see something happen.
22 And the first paper I actually ever presented
23 in science, I was 19 and it was at another obscure
24 conference that I ended up in on biorhythm research.
25 And my paper was contrasting at that time the Soviet
43
1 method of research versus the US method. Now, the US
2 method was compartmentalization, separate. You know,
3 distill things down to the smallest subspecialty and
4 then push these people into a corner and let them do
5 this bit of the research. And then you've got nine
6 other people over here and ten other groups over there
7 and fifteen groups over there, and somewhere all of this
8 stuff comes together and it gets really sloppy. Okay.
9 It's sloppy because there's a lot of repetition; it's
10 very expensive.
11 Now, the Russians, Soviets at the time, they
12 didn't have the money for that kind of research, to
13 spread it out that way, and they used a very different
14 method. They took experts from all of these different
15 fields, even though they didn't seem like they should
16 connect. They put them in the same room to work
17 together to develop science. That's why when you look
18 at the exposures that we had seen earlier, what are the
19 regulatory exposures of electromagnetic fields, the
20 Russians in the '90s and the '80s were a thousand times
21 more stringent than they were in the US.
22 Well, why was it? Because they had actually
23 made the observations that we hadn't made and actually
24 connected the dots in a way to say, hey, this is
25 dangerous. That doesn't mean they followed their own
44
1 regulations, because they probably didn't. They did
2 whatever was expeditious there. But at least they
3 recognized the physiological responses to
4 electromagnetic fields and the fact that you could
5 manipulate it.
6 What was discovered by a guy named Allan Frey,
7 he was looking at microwaves, and he discovered that
8 there's this flickering effect, but it only occurred
9 when you pulse-modulated the signal. And if you look
10 at -- I heard earlier, it's always scalars. It's always
11 scalars. It's not vectors. It's not electromagnetic
12 fields as we think about them.
13 But if you look at the ones that affect human
14 psychology and physiology, if you look at those signals,
15 they have a very quick rise time and a very fast drop.
16 They're like the punch, like punching that ionosphere to
17 create the ELF. It's like those signals. Those
18 modulations on these other carriers are meant to trigger
19 that effect by you entraining to that pulse, that
20 firing, or some submodulation being carried on a general
21 carrier.
22 Now, if you remember the first Gulf War, the
23 first Bush War, and you remember how the Iraqi Army just
24 sort of gave up. The fourth largest Army in the world
25 just like school children on their first fire drill
45
1 throwing their hands up and surrendering, you know,
2 thousands of guys to a few dozen. What was that about?
3 Now, I speculated on this. And then it was
4 Scottish media that later reported on this and said it
5 was Project Solo, which was a project operated by the
6 United States. And what we did is we had this C-130
7 flying over the country at the time and it was taking
8 and piggybacking the signal on the radio broadcast going
9 into the region that were broadcasting the Muslim music
10 and prayers.
11 So all these guys are in their bunkers
12 listening to their favorite radio station. Unbeknownst
13 to them, the subsignals being played on that broadcast
14 created anxiety, high levels of anxiety and fear. And
15 then you watched this Army just collapse under this.
16 And that was kind of the -- in my view, the
17 first test of could you really do this, could you do it
18 in this adversarial environment.
19 And one of my friends joked, hey, it's the
20 perfect Republican weapon, right? You can keep all the
21 hardware in place, but totally wipe out the population.
22 Zbigniew Brzezinski said, in between two ways,
23 it doesn't matter if it's Republicans or Conservatives.
24 They just use different rationale for accomplishing
25 their political ends. On the conservative side, the
46
1 Neocon side, it might be the fascination with gadgetry
2 and new technology, as Zbigniew Brzezinski said, and on
3 the liberal side it might be the idea that we're doing
4 this for your own good. The government is here, right?
5 And we've all heard that before.
6 The fact of the matter is, when you start
7 thinking about mind control technologies as a concept,
8 the idea that someone believes that they can interfere
9 with your free will, this is something that most
10 religions in the world say God won't even do. Yet, men
11 think this is their appropriate direction in technology,
12 to interfere with the way consciousness flows.
13 Now, think about for a moment what are the
14 things that -- what is the easiest way to manipulate
15 consciousness? The easiest way, the simplest way.
16 Create an environment of anxiety and fear. Because what
17 happens at that point is you cannot reach your higher
18 states of consciousness.
19 If you look at Monroe, rhythmic patterns in the
20 Hemi-Sync as an example, higher states of consciousness
21 are associated with those rhythmic patterns within the
22 brain; not that incoherent scattering of death and
23 information and energy.
24 So if you create a certain environment of fear
25 and anxiety and you look at an EEG monitor and the brain
47
1 activity of an individual, you see it's kind of
2 scattered in patterns. One person is experiencing
3 higher emotions; love, compassion. You begin to see
4 rhythmic patterns.
5 Another simple way of seeing is something that
6 you can actually measure. Take two people that are in
7 love and they -- you know the saying, and I looked into
8 her eyes, right? If you actually gaze into the eyes of
9 another individual and hold that gaze, you'll begin to
10 mirror each other's brain activity in a pretty unique
11 way. Your breathing will even synchronize if you do it
12 long enough. Two people's breathing begins to
13 synchronize. Their energy fields begin to synchronize.
14 And at the same time, their awareness, their
15 intuitions elevate and their rhythmic patterns in the
16 brain can be seen. If you can create an environment of
17 fear -- think about the advertising you see on
18 television. It's all about how you smell, how your
19 breath is, you know? It's all these things to make you
20 uncomfortable.
21 Think about the 6:00 news. Now, we heard
22 someone talk about the 6:00 news and how that kind of
23 works. You come home from a hard day at work. Most
24 people sit down in front of the television set. They're
25 already fatigued. They begin to watch the television.
48
1 And then their spouse hollers, it's time for dinner;
2 it's time for dinner. How many of you've been there,
3 right? Nobody's listening. No one's hearing. Because
4 they're in a light trance-like state.
5 Now, if you look in a dark room -- the
6 television is here -- look behind you at the white wall
7 and look at the flicker rate. If that flicker rate is a
8 coherent signal within a certain range through the optic
9 nerves, your brain will lock onto that signal. If you
10 monitor the brain activity at that time, you'll drop
11 into this highly-suggestive state and now you listen to
12 the advertising.
13 Now, every school of psychology teaches
14 frequency following response today and that you can
15 create these kinds of effects. Would they apply in
16 advertising? Of course they would. That's why
17 advertising works so well. It works because it's
18 convincing and compelling.
19 When you look at the 6:00 news, would somebody
20 utilize that in broadcasting the news of the latest
21 propaganda from whatever source it's coming from? I
22 would speculate -- today I would speculate and say yes.
23 When you think about how simple it is to create
24 that agitation. There was a person at Valencia
25 University who published a paper in 1995 talking about
49
1 this whole concept. And what he said back then was you
2 could create a complex signal, broadcast it out over a
3 large area that just created the sense that something's
4 not right. Unease.
5 And then you go watch the 6:00 news and they
6 indict some specific ethnic group, maybe it's Muslims,
7 and then a certain amount of that anger gets diverted
8 that way. Well, in a day where a lot of things are
9 decided on the laser edge of populations, on majorities,
10 this is a very, very powerful tool and one quite simple
11 tool to apply in the modern world.
12 When you think about news feeds today, how much
13 is really investigative reporting and how much of it is
14 just spitting out somebody's press release, right? Very
15 little investigative reporting today because it's
16 expensive, because it's not immediate, and when you look
17 at the news media today, it's almost immediate and most
18 of it is just meant to entertain. It's not meant to
19 inform.
20 You know, freedom of the press, it used to have
21 something to do with keeping an informed public so we
22 could make good decisions and we could govern as a
23 public. Today we debate the media as freedom of speech.
24 Say whatever you want, say it however you want, but
25 nobody takes responsibility and we have the neutered
50
1 neutral news. And if you really believe it's neutral,
2 come on.
3 Everybody who assigns a story to a reporter
4 knows that reporter's biased. The editors have bias.
5 It comes out in the news and what gets published and
6 what doesn't. How many stories about mind control hit
7 the news? Occasionally. The economists might pick it
8 up. Somebody might pick up a little bit, a piece of it.
9 But no one has really taken it on as a topic and
10 consistently pursued it.
11 Yet, when you think about modern technology and
12 the resolution -- now, we've been talking about things
13 that have happened in the past, and somebody even
14 mentioned this, MK-ULTRA is a program -- you've heard it
15 alluded to. That was the CIA's program. It had 144
16 subprojects under it.
17 Most of the records surrounding that were
18 shredded by a guy named Gottlieb, who was responsible
19 for that at the Central Intelligence Agency during the
20 Church Committee hearings. We never really got the
21 truth back then. But the resolution, the ability to do
22 this, has become increasingly refined as our technology
23 has advanced.
24 When you think about technological advances,
25 one of the things I read says that technology from the
51
1 invention of the wheel to where we are today, it doubles
2 about every nine to ten months. Wow. Think about it.
3 Invention of the wheel to where we are today, ten months
4 from now we're going to double that, and then we're
5 going to keep doing that.
6 It used to be every five years in the 1980s,
7 and it kept shrinking as our computing power increased
8 and our ability to manipulate large amounts of data
9 increased.
10 Now, a super computer, think about a super
11 computer. A super computer will do somewhere, when I
12 was doing this work, about 280 teraflops a second, which
13 at that time would be like six billion people on the
14 planet with hand calculators doing a calculation every
15 60 seconds for 60 hours to do what that super computer
16 could do in a second.
17 Well, the next evolution -- some think it's
18 already here -- are the quantum computers. What will
19 the quantum computer do? A quantum computer in one hour
20 will do what a super computer does in a trillion years.
21 It's back to this analogy of how much EMF do we have out
22 there.
23 Well, think about the same kind of
24 amplification and computing power. You look at privacy
25 as a concept. It doesn't exist in the world today,
52
1 right? Virtually everything about us is catalogued,
2 tracked, whether it's your GPS on your phone, whether
3 it's your phone conversations -- in the United States,
4 every piece of mail is photographed for who it went to
5 and who sent it.
6 When you think about your telecommunications,
7 your Internet connections, Google, AT&T, Verizon, all of
8 them have violated the very essence of what personal
9 privacy is all about.
10 Because today, in the 21st Century, we need a
11 revolution, an evolution of what privacy is all about.
12 Because you, experiencing the victimization of this
13 technology, are the pinnacle of the abuse. But everyone
14 is subject to abuse of personal privacy.
15 You used to think about it, it would start and
16 end in our physical doorway in our home. It has nothing
17 in your home compared to what is in data banks stored on
18 every single human being in this room.
19 Now, people say, oh, don't worry about it. We
20 don't have the ability to collect. We don't have the
21 resolution to look into it. Quantum computers will give
22 that resolution. Whichever government finds quantum
23 computing first will be able to hack through every
24 security code for every system on the planet within
25 hours. They'll be able to predict with so much accuracy
53
1 by collecting all that data and analyzing that data, it
2 will almost seem a spiritual event.
3 But it will only be accurate up to a certain
4 point. And then there will be a little bit of a flaw.
5 And over time that flaw will amplify to where it's big
6 flaws. But we'll rely increasingly on these systems to
7 guide our world, to guide our ideas, our philosophy, and
8 how we pursue the world.
9 The Internet. What people think about that is
10 the world wide mind of the 21st Century. PBS, our
11 Public Broadcasting System, did a special called "The
12 World Wide Mind". And they say within 100 years -- and
13 I say within 20 years or even now -- maybe it already
14 exists now -- but within 20 years that you'll be able to
15 connect the physical minds of all of the people on the
16 planet in a world wide mind.
17 Now, that might appeal to some. It doesn't
18 really appeal to me from the standpoint of technology.
19 I think we already have that on a certain level. I
20 think we already are connected on a certain level. Our
21 belief systems limit our ability to access that level,
22 but I believe it's here.
23 And I've seen enough demonstrations of it. You
24 know, all those scientists I had in that room for that
25 mind effects conference, the part that really blew me
54
1 away that I didn't expect was what they really centered
2 on was the idea -- and this was Rosalie Bertell, the nun
3 and physicist, and she said that the next leap is going
4 to be the leap where we realize or we recognize or we
5 remember our extrasensory perceptions, our anonymous
6 capabilities as human beings and that becomes the next
7 evolution of the human kind.
8 And what suppresses that is fear and anxiety,
9 because you cannot reach those cases of consciousness as
10 long as you're in fear and anxiety. And anyone who
11 purports or is a victim of these technologies, do you
12 have anxiety, do you have fear? Of course you do. Do
13 you have the ability to reach those higher states of
14 consciousness in that condition? It's physiologically
15 not possible.
16 So when you think about entire populations,
17 whether it's religion injecting fear or whether it's
18 government injecting fear or as my friend used to say,
19 you know, the king keeps you poor and the church keeps
20 you dumb, kind of was the early idea when you think
21 about how things evolved in Europe several hundred years
22 ago.
23 When you think about modern technology on the
24 backdrop of that concept, what's changed? Nothing's
25 changed. It's just the same deal. You know, 6,000 wars
55
1 in 4,000 years, most of them over religion; let me give
2 you a clue, God doesn't need any help killing anybody.
3 God can probably do it himself or herself.
4 The fact of the matter is, the idea that people
5 would just be evil on -- and I think I heard earlier
6 today that the psychopaths are in the minority. I
7 believe they are. I think really evil-to-the-core
8 people, they're out there, but they're not this mass.
9 Most people do things because they believe they're
10 right, and then they want to impose their rightness on
11 other people.
12 And this is kind of a mistake and then we end
13 up in this conflict between ideas without being fair and
14 recognizing people's right to disagree. And I heard it
15 said earlier, certain things you can't say in Germany.
16 Certain things you can't say in a movie theater, too.
17 You know, you can't yell fire. Now, it makes good
18 sense. You don't want to yell fire in a movie theater.
19 Some would say what we're doing here is yelling
20 fire in a movie theater because we're letting people
21 know what we know, what we've concluded from a good deal
22 of research.
23 You know, my books are written, every page at
24 the bottom of each page are the footnotes. Some of you
25 find that distracting. Personally, I want to know where
56
1 the information came from as I'm reading it, not a week
2 later as I'm contemplating it. I want to know the
3 source.
4 And so in the publications that I've written,
5 1600 source documents, reviews out of a matrix of a
6 hundred thousand that we had available to us, more or
7 less. 20,000 have made it into my archives and 1600
8 have made it into four books on technology dealing with
9 mind effects, dealing with HAARP, dealing with personal
10 privacy issues. A lot of the things go unreleased in
11 the last four years.
12 You can look at my publications from 1999 and
13 2000, and you'll see the same things, because the old
14 literature showed enough to come to those conclusions.
15 When I testified in the European Parliament in
16 the '90s, at their invitation -- and this was another --
17 a good side story for technology. A gentleman by the
18 name of Thomas Spencer, he was from the UK, he was a
19 Parliamentarian at the time, and he was the Chairman of
20 the Environmental Subcommittee of the European
21 Parliament. And he had contacted me. Somebody had
22 given him the book on HAARP and he was very interested
23 in this. So we had a conversation. And at my expense,
24 I flew to Brussels and spent a few days with him talking
25 about the issue and brought with me a couple feet of
57
1 unclassified documents for his research team to take a
2 look at.
3 What happened then is he moved in the European
4 Parliament -- he was a Conservative, by the way, and he
5 moved into a Foreign Affairs Chairman, a very powerful
6 position, an ideal position for dealing with the things
7 that we were dealing with at the time.
8 So we -- at his invitation, I came over to
9 testify in front of the group on security and
10 disarmament in the European Parliament on HAARP and on
11 non-lethal weapons, the kinds of things we've been
12 talking about today, the manipulation of human beings.
13 Now, they do it a lot differently than we do it
14 in the US. In the US, when you have public hearings,
15 the public actually gets to come. In the European
16 Parliament, the public meeting is you have to have an
17 invitation to come. So that's kind of different. You
18 know, I hadn't really thought much about that.
19 And they also -- they can also do things behind
20 closed doors, which, you know, we theoretically can't do
21 in the United States. You can't have a meeting without
22 the public invited or the media invited.
23 So what happened the night before the hearing
24 is the Committee met with myself, one of the other
25 people testifying, and a member of the press and we
58
1 spent five and a half hours in a non-official meeting to
2 talk about these issues, so that when we actually gave
3 our testimony the following day, they would have
4 formulated a set of questions to give us the opportunity
5 to follow along. So it was a great way to do it,
6 because then they at least had a good base of knowledge.
7 Now, in that private meeting we demonstrated a
8 technology using infrasound where you could transfer
9 sound through electrodes attached to the skin where you
10 would perceive that proverbial voice in the head. We
11 demonstrated that to the Parliamentarians in that closed
12 session.
13 And then we went into the hearing the following
14 day. And it was Rosalie Bertell, which is where I met
15 her, testifying on our side. It was -- I can't remember
16 the gentleman's name, but he was from a group called
17 GRIP in Brussels that does research on weapon systems
18 particularly and he had done his Master's thesis on
19 HAARP, and so he was there.
20 We had someone from the International Red Cross
21 that had done work on non-lethal weapons and was a
22 specialist in this particular area. And then I was
23 there.
24 We each got 15 minutes to present. And then I
25 got an hour of questions from the committee in the open
59
1 hearing where I had the opportunity to talk about some
2 of these things. And right around that time there had
3 been this incident in Japan where children watching a
4 cartoon that had a certain flicker rate had caused over
5 700 children to go to the hospital with epileptic
6 seizures. Now, remember, non-ionizing radiation is not
7 a problem, right? A flicker of the TV caused 700 kids
8 to go into the hospital.
9 Now, some say that was by design. Some say
10 that was by accident. But it was a perfect illustration
11 for talking about non-ionizing radiation in the European
12 Parliament because they had all read that story. It was
13 fresh.
14 The other thing demonstrating infrasound,
15 something that had never been demonstrated, to my
16 knowledge, in that type of a meeting, to show that you
17 could actually transfer sound without necessarily
18 involving the ears.
19 Now, there's another technology that was
20 advanced by a guy named Woody Norris -- he won the
21 Lemelson Prize at MIT for this particular technology,
22 and I believe the year was 2004. You can look up Woody
23 Norris -- and his was using acoustic heterodyne where he
24 could send in two signals from two different sources,
25 point them at an individual in the crowd, and they would
60
1 hear this voice in their head and nobody else would hear
2 it.
3 Well, he won a half a million dollars for that
4 prize, organized a company called ATCO. You can look
5 them up. They're a public company. And he sold that
6 technology to the military for perimeter protection.
7 You know, where they could have these sort of alarm
8 systems so when the protestors got too close they'd hear
9 these warning signs that nobody else was hearing.
10 Now, you think about that for a moment.
11 Imagine -- this is why the European Parliament got
12 interested, because we used this illustration. Now,
13 imagine a national leader standing up in front of a
14 group and all of a sudden they hear voices in their head
15 that nobody else hears. That's the end of that guy,
16 right? I mean, he's out of there. And that's exactly
17 what that technology can do. And that was one
18 demonstration.
19 Now, some have said that you can pulse modulate
20 on a single beam and create the same effect or utilize
21 something like HAARP, not so much for voice in the head,
22 but for certainly changing emotional state of large
23 segments of the population.
24 When we looked at all of this, we even looked
25 back -- you know, where else could this have been used?
61
1 And there was a device in Vietnam called the Lida
2 machine, L-i-d-a. A guy who researched this was a guy
3 named Ross Adey, who is, unfortunately, also deceased.
4 Ross Adey was brilliant and was utilized by the
5 government, by private sector as an expert in these
6 kinds of areas.
7 Well, he was asked to look at -- this
8 particular device had been captured during the Vietnam
9 War. It was a Russian device. And it created the
10 entrainment effect using flickering light and sound.
11 And they used it for interrogating prisoners by putting
12 them into that, like, trance-like state and then
13 extracting intelligence from them. Now, that's the
14 1960s. Again, this is low resolution, low technology.
15 As computing powers increased, as our knowledge
16 in human physiology has increased, as our knowledge of
17 the electromagnetic nature of human beings has
18 increased, the ability to manipulate large segments of
19 the population comes easily achieved, either as a side
20 effect or unfortunate disaster of our technology.
21 You mentioned Swiss Re, Swiss Re Insurance.
22 Swiss Re Insurance wrote a paper on Electrosmog. I
23 believe it was 2002. And they said to the insurance
24 industry then, don't insure electromagnetic field
25 effects because it will result in a bigger lawsuit than
62
1 Firestone on their tires or the smoking industry,
2 because the knowledge is here and now and nobody insures
3 that risk.
4 Lloyd's of London insures anything, but they
5 won't insure that risk. Nobody does. Because insurance
6 companies don't like to lose money. It's as simple as
7 that. And yet the telecom industry on cell phones --
8 before cell phones were invented, the University of
9 Washington had investigated those very same frequencies
10 on chick embryo studies and determined they were
11 harmful. Cell phones didn't exist then.
12 Then cell phones come out and everything's safe
13 all of a sudden. That same guy that did that research
14 says, now, wait a minute, we did all this research.
15 This is a dangerous thing. But the telecom industry is
16 a powerful adversary.
17 So it went to the Congress. You remember this.
18 There was a guy in Florida. Brain cancer. Big
19 controversy. It ended up in the Congress. Congress
20 said, we need a study. So the industry says, oh, we'll
21 pay for the study. They spend 25 million dollars on the
22 study.
23 I can't remember the guy's name who did it, but
24 he eventually published a book because his findings
25 were, hey, this is dangerous. All right. He issues his
63
1 report. They figured, hey, they got him. You know,
2 they got the 25 million into his queue. He got to spend
3 it all on these projects. He got to make some money
4 himself. Hey, he's our man.
5 Well, he wasn't. This guy actually had some
6 integrity, and I apologize for not recalling his name.
7 A VOICE: George Carlo.
8 DR. BEGICH: Which one is it?
9 A VOICE: George Carlo.
10 DR. BEGICH: George Carlo, that's correct. And
11 he wrote a book called, "Cell Phones", a very important
12 book.
13 And when it comes to children, one of his
14 observations was -- he had the simple observation of
15 damage to skulls. You know, you have a four-year-old, a
16 five-year-old, 400 percent more energy transfers to the
17 skull into the brain than an adult. Ten-year-old,
18 twelve-year-old, approximately 200 percent.
19 This is one of the main reasons why you don't
20 want children using cell phones or, even worse, the
21 portable phone in the home because it's even less
22 efficient with the battery and the energy with even more
23 leakage. And what do we do? Try and find a hard line
24 phone today where you actually pick it up and talk into
25 it. You can't even find them anymore. They're almost
64
1 impossible to find.
2 When you look at what we have learned about
3 human physiology and the effects of electromagnetic
4 fields on the human physiology, it is the revolution in
5 science that will collapse the pharmacuetical industry
6 one day. And one day we're going to wake up and
7 recognize that the pea in the soup of electromagnetic
8 radiation has been the cause and the root to most of the
9 chronic disease we see on the planet today.
10 When you combine that with that concept that I
11 used, that example of iodine, everyone has a little bit,
12 now you have these complex interactions, 5,000 new
13 chemicals are introduced or compounds introduced to the
14 public every year without really any serious studies,
15 and then you add this on top of it, and now you have a
16 very toxic world. And then you take the technology of
17 manipulation from the propaganda of World War II to the
18 downloading of that. What does the military hope to
19 achieve? They want to be able to train military
20 personnel with a download. Blap. There's your 12
21 years' worth of education. Now, let's go on.
22 And now here's the thing. Think about that
23 kind of education. No critical thinking involved. Just
24 programming. It's like writing to a disk. No critical
25 thinking involved. Who controls that? Curriculum
65
1 controls the way in which our society goes. This is the
2 risk.
3 What about evidence in courtrooms when you can
4 create a synthetic memory or wipe one out? What does
5 that do to a Democratic Republic or a Democracy where
6 people have the power? That power has been taken from
7 us as we become increasingly transparent to governmental
8 agencies and they become increasingly opaque.
9 It is the opposite of what should be occurring.
10 There shouldn't be a camera in every household. There
11 should be a camera in every government office. Because
12 the technology's there. We should be able to dial in
13 and look at what our employees are doing, right?
14 Wouldn't you like to be able to dial up your
15 Congressional office and see that conversation they're
16 having in real time? And why shouldn't we be able to do
17 that? What do they have to hide?
18 You know, you think about government and you
19 start saying that and, you know, the only people
20 protected from that kind of intrusion in the US are
21 federal employees. They have a higher level of
22 protection than the average citizen within the country
23 that I live in. For what?
24 And when you think about government, everyone
25 points to the politician. I can tell you, most
66
1 politicians are ignorant. In fact, most political
2 parties in the United States the preference is to have
3 people that are -- they look like the news announcer,
4 but they couldn't think their way out of a phone booth,
5 right? We don't even have a phone booth anymore, but
6 they couldn't think their way out of one. Because they
7 want people that are smart enough to look good, but not
8 smart enough to think on their own. That's the ideal
9 politician for political parties, because they can be
10 told what to do.
11 Look at how much money is being spent in
12 political outcomes. Huge amounts of money. Some people
13 have pointed and looked at, like, Australia to mandatory
14 voting. Everybody votes now.
15 Worst possible thing that you could ever do.
16 And here's why: When the population doesn't vote, who
17 pulls the lever? Those that are informed, right? So
18 maybe 20 percent of the population votes, but at least
19 they're informed. They've educated themselves.
20 If you force people to vote to keep their
21 driver's license, their medical benefits, or whatever
22 social programs you've got running and you say, you will
23 vote, now who decides what they vote on? Whoever can
24 buy the 30-second or one-minute ad on TV that influences
25 them. The moment they walk into the booth, they go, ah,
67
1 and pull the lever. Now we have a dangerous situation.
2 A very dangerous situation.
3 Democracy is something that each of us have to
4 claim internally. The change that people are looking
5 for in this group happens by a change in consciousness,
6 by us recognizing what we are as human beings,
7 recognizing the potential that we have. Because you
8 know what these government programs yielded? Everybody
9 points to the fear side of the equation. But what they
10 really discovered was that every single soul, every
11 human being has this anomalous capability.
12 Now, imagine if we could awaken those
13 capabilities, could you hide anything? I mean, if
14 people could literally look into the mind of another
15 person, that makes a politician pretty vulnerable,
16 wouldn't it?
17 That is the next evolution that I believe is
18 happening and it's the only evolution, the only
19 revolution that can change the way things are. It
20 starts with human consciousness. It starts with what we
21 believe to be right and true and beginning to act on it.
22 Not from a foundation of fear, but a foundation of
23 confidence.
24 You know, somebody asked me once, what do you
25 think about faith? I said, faith is what you know to be
68
1 right and true and you step into it on the idea that you
2 can achieve it. You believe it.
3 So many people I've seen in this work, they
4 keep jumping into things beyond their belief. They
5 don't believe they can achieve it. They try it anyway
6 and they fail, and they keep failing. And people who
7 are doing good work otherwise step back, do what you can
8 do with confidence, do what you can do with knowledge,
9 don't wait for a group to form. The group's already
10 here. It's called the human race. Act on what you know
11 to be right and true. If you make a mistake, clean it
12 up, learn from it, and move forward.
13 When you look across this room and you look at
14 all these folks with a little bit of gray hair, and
15 you've got the gray hair not by all of those great
16 things that happened in your life, but by the real
17 disasters that happened in your life. You know, you
18 think about bad news is a stimulation for good news.
19 People ask me, you know your father's
20 disappearance, disappeared off the face of the earth,
21 that must have been a horrible thing. Yeah, it was at
22 the time. I consider it the most important event in my
23 life because it altered my course.
24 The worst things in our lives alter our course,
25 change our direction, activate that higher potential
69
1 that cause us to rise out of the ashes of our apathy and
2 our defeats and stand on our feet again and move
3 forward.
4 The pain that people experience today is the
5 catalyst for the solutions tomorrow, whether we like it
6 or not, whether it's falling down as a two-year-old or
7 standing up as an adult. If we stand up on the basis of
8 our ethics, on the basis of our values, and we
9 reinvigorate and let go of the fear and recognize what
10 we are as creative beings, we have the potential to make
11 change.
12 And with that, I'll open it to questions.
13 (Applause.)
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
THE INVESTIGATIVE JOURNAL
Stan J. Caterbone
ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP

Freedom From Covert Harassment & Surveillance,
Registered in Pennsylvania
1250 Fremont Street
Lancaster, PA 17603
www.amgglobalentetainmentgroup.com
scaterbone@live.com
717-669-2163
Greg Szymanskis Interview

With Julianne McKinney
Microwave Harassment and Mind Control
Transcribed for Advanced Media Group,
05/28/16
This interview contains information from Julianne McKinneys book Microwave Harassment and Mind Control
Experimentation, 1992, as well as current conditions world-wide. Years of interviews turned Gregg Szymanski from
skeptic to believer in the secret world of electronic harassment, as harassment against Julianne McKinney has turned
potentially lethal. They are taking a stand to help TIs, Targeted Individuals, many civilians, escape this cruel harassment.
Microwave Harassment
Whistleblowers Stan Caterbone
and Mind Control
& Karen Stewart Page
Page93
1 of 12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
TRANSCRIPT OF GREG SZYMANSKIS INTERVIEW WITH JULIANNE MCKINNEY
ON MICROWAVE HARASSMENT AND MIND CONTROL
Published May 28, 2016
Greg Szymanski: (Also) I have a guest whos never given a radio interview before. Her name is Julianne McKinney. For
those of you who dont know who she is, she is an expert in electronic harassment and surveillanceformer military
background. And those of you who have followed this story on my show, many may know who she is and the
importance she has in this field.
Were just going to lay some very solid credibility to what weve been talking about. So this interviews quite important
and I want you to remember that, as we go along, shes a very, very well-read person. Were gonna get to that in a
minute. The problem on the use of electronic weaponry on a person was when I was working in a law office. The law
office I was working for severaloh a number of years ago, the law office I worked for prided in taking cases that were
difficult. And I listened to a person tell me about the facts regarding the use of electronic weaponry. And I had a
discussion with somebody else at the law firm and we came to this conclusion causation causation causation Greg,
remember that element. Its going to be awfully difficult to link whats happening to the person. The injuries they were
alleging, to actually the person, or the defendants, that were doing it.
So it was a case, Ill be very honest with you, that I was very skeptical over. But, as a journalist, I started to interview a
number of people, and I would like to say that this issue, after a number of years, has come up to one of the top of my
list as a problem in this country.
I talked to hundreds of people all around the country that are experiencing things that are just unbelievable. And from a
standpoint of the law, you want to get justice for these people. You hate to see their lives destroyed, and you hate to
see what happens, to a person thats been harassed. But the biggest problem is its very difficult to pinpoint whats
going on.
I have a guest today who is an expert in this field. You, the public, may not know who she is. But those of you who have
been targeted and listen to my show know very well. Shes never been interviewed before and I feel honored that shes
here. Her name is Julianne McKinney. Shes had an extensive career in the US Army as an Area Intelligence Case Officer
till 1990.
Upon her return to civilian life Julianne became a member of the Association of National Security Alumni. That is an
organization of former intelligence officers dedicated to exposing excesses by the US Intelligence Services. Julianne
became the director of the Electronic Surveillance Project under their auspices as such she authored the publication
Microwave Harassment and Mind Control Experimentation in 1991. She kept that electronic surveillance project going
for four years, funding it with her own personal funds, obtained by her military benefits and pay.
Julianne did not copy write her work and it is out in the public domain for the public good. Microwave Harassment and
Mind Control Experimentation, the public has taken her hard copy publication and uploaded it to several thousand
domain sites over the past 15 years. It is respected as one of the most important publications on this subject. And with
that, Id like to say hello, Ms. McKinney, how are you today?
Julianne McKinney: Please dont call me Ms. McKinney (laugh).
Greg: Okay, can I say Julianne?
Julianne: Yes, Julianne.
2
and Mind Control
Page94
2 of 12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
Greg: Now, youre an expert in surveillance and electronic harassment. The first question I have is that, in your
observation, is there a wider scale of surveillance of average people, people with no threat to national security, in your
estimation?
Julianne: I would say that most of us targeted are not, and never have been, a threat. I think that what happened
initially, when these operations began probably 30 years, ago people were singled out, perhaps, because of some
affiliation, either direct or indirect, with the United States government, and invited attention. But they were not singled
out as being a threat; they were singled out as being lucrative targets of experimentation.
In the past 15 years, since shutting down the Electronic Surveillance Project, primarily to seek employment, which I did
seek, and did obtain, I had occasion to observe many, many, many instances of individuals in the corporate environment
being singled out and targeted simply because they were convenient targets of opportunity. And, I have to comment on
something I heard you say
Greg: Okay
Julianne: Early on you referred to the difficulty of establishing causation in order to pursue these claims.
Greg: That, I might add, that was made is a legal sense, based on the fact that we were nave people, not really
understand I have to be honest with youI had not understood the problem back then, and felt it would be a difficult
problem, based on the fact of how the crime was committed and knowing how to pin that crime on someone. Go ahead.
Julianne: I understand the legal implications, certainly. There is enough literature, on the internet and elsewhere, that
establishes the existence of these weapon systems. To pinpoint, for purposes of prosecution, to pinpoint their existence
would be difficult and the position I take is that rather than pinpoint for prosecution purposes, easy enough to single
them out by electronic means to destroy them. But I guess thats taking the matter a little far left field.
I think, frankly, we still face, until congress establishes laws that forbid the use of these technologies for involuntary
experimental purposes, that were going to get absolutely nowhere in attempting to prosecute.
Greg: Okay, listen, I need to take a break Julianne. And well be back in three minutes on the Investigative Journal.
Julianne: Okay.
Greg: Okay, back for the second half hour. My guest is Julianne McKinney. Shes an expert on surveillance and electronic
harassment. And Julianne, I gave you an introduction at the beginning of the show.
Julianne: Yes
Greg: A brief introduction. But I think our listeners would like to know your background and why youre qualified to
make these statements. I think its important.
Julianne: Okay.
Greg: If you could do that for us.
Julianne: Well, I would take exception to the term expert in these weapons systems.
Greg: Okay.
3
and Mind Control
Page95
3 of 12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
Julianne: I certainly have had experience with them, having, for approximately the past 40 years, been on the receiving
end of this type of harassment. Expertise in surveillance comes with my employment in the intelligence field. I
understand what constitutes surveillance and am capable of immediately spotting the surveillance and I can see, as in
the case of gang stalking, a subject that you have addressed on prior occasions. I can see those who I label as covert
want-to-bes fumbling through what they think are covert activities and Id find it really rather amusing if it werent so
perverted in the ultimate objective.
Im not certain what more I can add. I do have experience with these weapon systems. Ive had sufficient opportunity
over these past many years to observe the progressive threat of these harassment operations. And Im talking
specifically about electronic weapon systems.
Greg: Well, youve been a voice - I mean a strong voice - for warning people of these systems for at least the past 10
years regarding the installation of specialized electronic equipment and utilities. What are these electronics and what
are their capabilities?
Julianne: Their capabilities, generally, are to inflict pain in a highly focused fashion, and to alter mental states. Certainly,
when you have a frequency aimed at your brain, your mental functions tend to alter. In amplified form, theyre
sufficient, the frequencies are. They have the capacity to kill. Though thats one reason the department of defense refers
to them as less than lethal rather than non-lethal weapons. As a matter of fact, the Department of Defense has gone
so far to eliminate them, to remove them from the category of even less than lethal weapons to bury them in the
category of electronic weapons trying to make them a little bit blacker.
Greg: Now is this protocol of surveillance and harassment seemingly patterned after a government protocol now
applied to the general civilian population?
Julianne: Its difficult to pinpoint everything on the US government exclusively because these are global operations.
Greg: Okay.
Julianne: The pattern the protocols, are virtually identical on a global scale so someone is overseeing the entire
activity. The government obviously is complicent because otherwise these operations would not be allowed to exist.
Why? Its hard to say. Whether its for testing electronic weapon systems for future use under combat conditions or
whether ultimately there's a holocaust. (no-intelligible) Its hard to say.
Greg: Well, you know what I find interesting.how people who arent aware of this problem cant believe its happening
to begin with. And I try to mentionI have run stories about the Duplessis Orphans. Its a program thats been verified,
that the government actually used money in Canada and the United States to do medical testing on children, on adults.
Ive talked to people on the POW issue, one Dr. Joe Douglas, who has documented how, that our government has done
allowed foreign governments to do illegal experimentation on POWs. So why would people think that they wouldnt
allow it on just average citizens? Just in your mind. Do you have an answer for people?
Julianne: Why wouldnt they allow it?
Greg: Yeah, my thing is that they do it, theyre doing it. But some people that deny it cant believe that our government
would do something like this.
Julianne: I find, even among the community of, I hate using slang terms, but the term TI is common, referring to
targeted individuals. Those are people who know they are on the receiving end of electronic weapon systems. And even
amongst TIs, there is a perception in certain areas that our government wouldnt do this; a case of not recognizing
4
and Mind Control
Page96
4 of 12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
reality. First of all if this were not being done by our government, congress would step in because of the hundreds of
complaints they have received, thousands of complaints, no doubt, over the past 10-15 years, from citizens who
recognize whats going on. Congress, back in the early 90s, late 80s, took the position that anyone complaining about
these systems were imagining things because they simply didnt exist. In two years, by 1992, they were off the drawing
boards, and in fact, being fielded and conveyed to law enforcement agencies.
Congress recognizes that these weapon systems exist and funds them, and knows, as a result of appropriate briefings,
what the bio-effects can be. Yet they have passed no legislation prohibiting their use under unconstrained experimental
circumstances.
Thats number 1. Number 2, given the nature, given the nature, given that the systems draw on existing power grids, it
would be necessary for the FCC at a minimum, and the Department of Energy, as a minimum, give some oversight and
control over what is going on. Though obviously, those with Congress, the FDA and the Department of Energy, the FCC
and the Department of Energy are knowledgeable and yet unwilling to do anything about it. So, there is complicity, but
the question is, whos knitting, and submitting, the US government, allowing these operations to take place?
Greg: Now from your experience, how intense is this surveillance of targeted individuals? And tell us about the ways
that the targeted that this is accomplished.
Julianne: From what I have observed, first of all I should explain that the standard that I address this in Microwave
Harassment and Mind Control Experimentation, it was a pattern that was unfolding as I was dealing with other targeted
individuals whothat contacted me. It was a pattern of harassment which indicated that there had been some
surveillance going on, some monitoring of their private lives. There had been entry into their houses. There was
systematic harassment. And then, ultimately, as part of a softening up process, and then ultimately, electronic
harassment, which followed; which would include the inducement of auditory input, which is now being referred to as
Z2K.
In answer to your question (laugh) Im not certain if I I think Im probably missing the point there, but in order to target
someone, it requires that that person be put under surveillance, so that their personality traits, their capacity to inter-
relate with people, their capacity for corruption or non-corruption, that seems to be a critical point. And even their
religion factors into it.
Following a period of harassments, they are singled out for preliminary stages of harassment which includes gang
stalking, entry of their private homes or apartments, followed by gradually intensified and ultimately extremely
intensified electronic harassment. This is the pattern that has unfolder over and over and over.
Greg: And so, when you, I guess what Im getting atthats a very good answer. Youre seeing a pattern amongst these
individuals. I guessyeahis there any pattern about how they choose them?
Julianne: I cant speak for men. But it appears that quite a few of the women who have been singled out appear to be
somewhat, too independent; perhaps too intelligent. Tend to live alone or tend to pursue professional careers. Theres a
heavy predominance of those types of women in the TI community, the community of targeted individuals. Men are in a
smaller proportion and seem to be those who have a propensity to fly off the handle. Have a sense of self-esteem and
pride that seems to invite targeting. And I did mention a curious predominance of a certain lack of religion amongst TIs,
as opposed to a certain predominance of a particular religion amongst those who are participating in these operations.
Greg: Now you mentioned this was a global problem. Have you communicated with people from across the Atlantic
regarding whats going on in other countries? Is it similar to here?
5
and Mind Control
Page97
5 of 12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
Julianne: Its virtually identical, virtually identical. When I was running the electronic surveillance project I was in
extensive correspondence with people overseas and patterns were the same. The nature of the gang stalking and
harassment were the same.
Greg: Now, when youre talking about specific numbers I know youreyouve been following this for years and years
and years. Is there any way that you can give our listeners a kind of an idea of how wide spread this problem is in terms
numbers in our country and compared to maybe overseas?
Julianne: I would say that the person who has realized what is going on is just a drop in a bucket. The persons whom I
have seen being targeted are completely unaware of whats happening. So those who are complaining of this are, as I
said, the tip of the iceberg. I would say this is very, very, widespread. But I cannot under the circumstances come up with
any figures. Many, many, many thousands, no doubt, are involved. But I would say that the bulk of them are running to
their doctors and taking totally unnecessary prescription drugs to cure ailments that dont exist.
Gregg: I guess that you have to ask this question even though its very difficult to answer. And you mentioned, you said
it earlier. But I really have to ask it because its on my mind and I know its always in the back of everyones mind when
they think of this problem. Why?? What is the major reason, I mean, outside of just pure experimentation Im
interested; for example, lets say that they have targeted 100 people in Oklahoma. What do they, first of all, why are
they doing it? Is it for, basically, a blanket statement controlling the population? Orand, what do they do with this
information once they get it?
Julianne: I dont think they do anything with the information once they get it, other than to establish a harassment
protocol which will follow that targeted individual for the rest of his or her life. Why are they doing it? I see a number of
reasons. First, I dont know if youve done any research on the phenomenon of capturing a percentage of the population
in order to install a dictatorship. There is always a percentage of the population, roughly 20% or so, that will buckle and
throw whatever constitutions might exist into the toilet and eagerly join the efforts at destroying the remainder of the
population.
Part of the problem or part of the objective they are seeking obviously is testing the latest and greatest in electronic
weaponry and other forms of technologies. A part of it is to control and choreograph those who are involved in these
harassment operations on the dispensing end. And it would appear that those being targeted are simply objects who I
see as ultimately being disposable. In other words, I think that once full control is established over a major percentage of
the population, and enough of the population is silenced and unwilling to stick their necks out, that we inevitably would
be heading toward a holocaust.
Greg: The question, if I was, for example, lets say we have a person, who suspects, and lets just for hypothetical
purposes, say this person is being targeted, okay? Now, tell our listeners, because Ive always wondered this myself,
okay. Im sitting in my house and I see around me theres telephone poles, there may be a tower in the distance that I
dont see that handles the cell phones. Theres of course a grid of electric going on around me. Ive talked to people and
I try to say, how does this get into your house? And I wanted to get your opinion, if a person is targeted, how basically
are they beginning to intrude their premises, and violate their constitutional rights, not only their rights ofnot only
trespassing on their property? Go ahead. How would that happen?
Julianne: Now, are you talking about, how would the frequencies impact upon them and how would they first become
aware of it? Or how would they first become aware of the fact that their privacy has been violated?
6
and Mind Control
Page98
6 of 12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
Greg: Well no, I guess I didnt explain the question right. I wanted to know how they physically, are doing it? I mean are
they using a cell tower? Are they using a truck thats in the distance? How is this being transmitted into the home to
target the person and to use this weaponry on them, from your experience?
Julianne: Well, first of all, in order to target a person you have to be able to see that person. And while they may not be
able to, they may, on entering the house, plant miniature cameras, miniature microphones, as a means of, for their
monitoring a person. But that is not necessarily the means by which they hone in on a person. There are plenty of
technologies that allow for the imaging of a person that might be sitting in a chair, as you mentioned you might be.
Using infrared imagery techniques, for example, they can capture your image by monitoring the concentration of heat
emanating from your body using certain acoustical frequencies, they can detect mass. And using sophisticated computer
software, they can convert those images to likenesses on computers, which conceivably could be used in a software
program that could be connected to an electronic weapon system. And in that context I should point out that, while
devices draw on the existing power grid, and while theyyes indeed, they do involve microwave towers
Sounds like youve got a commercial coming on
Greg: Yes we do, and thank you for making my job easier. Well be back in 3 minutes on the Investigative Journal.
First, Ive put this in the top 3 of my stories that I believe are important, that the American people need to deal with,
because as Ms. McKinney, who is a, I consider her an expert. She would only say shes an authority. But let me tell you,
Julianne, you are an expert in this. The reasons could be, like she said at thebefore we went into the break, and a total
testing of our population to see, basically, perhaps maybe there is a holocaust in the future or a dictatorship in the
future. And they want to see how people react to it. That may be a simplistic way to look at it. Not a simplistic way that
Julianne looked at it but my way of explaining it.
But lets get back to some of the things here, the last few minutes that are important. What can you tell us, Julianne,
about the microwave energy on citizens in terms of the existence of such a program and the nuts and bolts of what they
do?
Julianne: Microwave energy is only one aspect of the entire electromagnetic frequency spectrum. Microwaves can be
lethal depending upon how theyre used. Obviously in order to achieve appropriate effects on people, they have to be
pulsed, because otherwise the individual would be cooked from the inside out. The objective of using microwaves as
opposed to other electromagnetic frequencies would be to inflict extremes of pain to cause thermal heating. Thats a
common complaint which leaves a hot spot on the scull. Again, primarily, just to inflict extremes of pain. I was just
wondering, we kind of skipped over or didnt quite complete a preceding topic.
Greg: Oh, go ahead, go ahead. Youve got free reign.
Julianne: You were talking about the use of the electrical grid throughout the country, the use of microwave towers, the
use of devices affixed to poles that are connected to power lines. But what wasnt addressed, what you havent
mentioned, is also that these weapon systems are used by neighbors surrounding persons who have been singled out as
targets of opportunity.
Greg: Are they solicited to do this or what?
Julianne: Thats something that Ive been pondering for some time. Again, what Ive noticed is, there seems to be a
predominant, particular religion that makes it particularly easy for them to cooperate.
7
and Mind Control
Page99
7 of 12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
Greg: Well listen, lets talk about that after the break, a short break, and then Ive got something to, some business I
have to take care of for 3 4 minutes. Then well get back for our 2 nd hour with Julianne McKinney. Well take some
calls. Back in 2 minutes on the Investigative Journal.
(In this section there seemed to be jumping around, like maybe the video was edited or there was some problem with
the recording.)
by some of the Tis and thats Targeted Individuals.
That song rose to number one without any publicity on the internet. And that song called TI, well play that again Dr.
McKinney. I think it hits the nail on the head. I mean theres a lot of people out there suffering. And I know youre one
person, an authority in this field. And for my guests who are just picking us up this hour, Dror excuse me, Julianne
McKinney is a very highly regarded person in the field of electronic weaponry, and surveillance in studying this issue.
Shes a former area Intelligence Case Officer until 1990 in the Army. And her credentials can be found, will be found, you
can go to RBNLive.com and go to my archives in the Investigative Journal and read about that. Shes well qualified. Shes
still with us this hour. And Dror excuse me, I keep calling you Dr. and you should be.
Julianne: (Laugh) Im not a Dr., thank you. Dr. Americus.
Greg: Dr. Americus. You know, thats funny. I have a doctorate in law. And nobody ever calls me that and I hate being
called that, a doctor. But Im interviewed on a Tehran TV station once every blue moon, couple months, and they refer
to me as Dr. Szymanski. And its nice to hear once in a while. Ill be honest with you. Every two months is good enough.
Otherwise they just call me the jerk on the radio, which is better.
But, lets go from here. Youre adding such credibility to this story, adding credibility in my mind as I speak. Because, Ive
talked to hundreds of these people and was a doubting Thomas in the beginning. I must mention that. I did not think it
existed, and that was years ago. I thought people were either insane, or crazy, or trying to get attention. But you know
something? I will admit I was totally wrong with that initialI guessthe look at the situation and have come around to
fully believe in most of the people I talk to and really sympathize with their suffering as I see their lives being ripped
apart.
Are there any things you can dowere going to get into a few more things here as far as the technical aspects of this
but what can targeted individuals do to get some peace in their life? I mean thats one thing theyre looking for. Is there
anything they can do?
Julianne: (prolonged silence)
Greg: Difficult question there.
Julianne: Its very difficult to advise targeted individuals how to acquire peace. These frequencies can be blocked or
deflected. All of these frequencies I have found, some may contest this, but I have found can beare vulnerable, and are
subject to deflection. And the pain can be immediately (word unclear), if not halted all together. Finding peace by
writing to members of congress or to state legislators might not be a better alternative because you will be treated as
something worthy of the circular basket. They just wont intervene. Writing to the various agencies and calling a meeting
with them serves no useful purpose either because they will say there are no laws prohibiting these types of activities.
They cant, say for example, the FBIand I was given this statement on a number of occasions.there are no laws
prohibiting experimentation with these weapon systems. Youre talking to the wrong people.
8
and Mind Control
Page100
8 of
of12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
So my advice would be to do what you can to secure your premises, because so long as your house is or apartment is
being entered, you are susceptible to, in addition to being targeted by electronic weapons, there is a potential for having
drugs put in your food. And Im not exaggerating there.
Greg: I had a few targeted individuals I talked to send me some questions that Id like to ask you.
Julianne: Certainly.
Greg: And the one was Are targeted individuals also broadcast around the country via closed circuit TV? And, What
purpose does this serve? Im fully in the dark on this question, but, go ahead.
Julianne: Okay. I have seen evidence of a closed circuit TV and it seems to be some form of major source of
entertainment and perhaps instruction for the individuals participating in this harassment. I dont know who runs it. I
have seen aspects of that on a large screen TV across the street on which I saw surveillance films of a TI being harassed,
obviously, in an office environment. Gang stalked. Shows brain scans and is otherwise a very sophisticated, sleek,
communications operation. Why would it be used? As I said either for entertainment, for creating a sense of unity, or
for identifying persons, TIs, who are to be harassed on the street. I mean, obviously you cant harass someone if you
dont know what that person looks like. So its a means of communicating to the perpetrators, perps, what the TI looks
like.
Greg: Okay, now, before I get to some more, I want to put out that call for people to call. I got a couple emails. A lot of
times Tis dont want to go public. And theyve sent me some emails. I want to get to one in a minute. But one question I
have for you is, how can people gather evidence to support their beliefs that this is happening to them? Many people
will say, well its only a lack of sleep. I mean, you have a sleep disorder. Maybe theres a problem with your joints, I dont
know. It could be anything that the answers are when you suspect youre being targeted. What kind of evidence do you
tell people to gather to support their beliefs that this is actually happening to them.
Julianne: Well, when youre gathering evidence, obviously you have an objective in mind and that generally is legal.
What you want to do with that evidence. Theres really nothing you can do with it. So in the absence of that, the main
thing is to try to protect yourself and to alleviate the pain that youre experiencing. Collecting the evidence, if you were
to go to, frankly, Id strongly recommend that you keep your faculties together and avoid going to see psychiatrists and
psychologists, because the pattern that is evolving is that they are highly complicit of these operations.
And if you go to a medical doctor, you do not talk about it because medical doctors, many, are also involved. What you
do when you see a doctor is that you define your symptoms and get a very clear statement that, well, we cant figure
this out. Well, thats a clear indication that it is not indigenous, its not part of your system. Its not coming from within
you, so obviously something is happening from outside. If they prescribe drugs and yet cant find the ecology, the basis
for your disease, dont take those drugs.
Greg: Now earlier we were talking about the fact that they may, whoevers doing this, youve delineated, youve led a
good course into whatyoure tracking these people. But what I was getting at, we never got to the point where ifyou
mentioned something about a religious group that may be targeted. What did you mean by that?
Julianne: The way I dont.well let me put it this way. Im not out to start a religious war. I have found over the years
that the persons involved, both in gang stalking.Ive made it a point to get to know these people. Ive had to
necessarily. Im not the type to
Greg: Youre talking about the perpetrators or the targets?
9
and Mind Control
Page101
9 of
of12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
Julianne: The perpetrators.
Greg: Okay
Julianne: As well as theIve been drawing distinctions. And what Ive found is that the perpetrators appear to belong
predominantly to one particular religion; whereas the targeted individuals do not belong predominantly to that
particular religion.
Greg: And what is the particular religion of the perpetrators?
Julianne: Right. So, at this stage, again, Im not particularly enthused about the idea of starting a religious war. And I
have challenged other TIs to get out there and become acquainted with, and get to know, the people who are harassing
them, to draw those distinctions themselves, because Im not going to be making brash claims. This is something Ive
observed over the past 10 years.
Greg: Thats fair enough. And maybe, perhaps, I could talk to you about it just for my own knowledge off the air.
Julianne: That would be fine.
Greg: And I will keep your name out of it at that point and let people know what the targeted group may be and what
the other group may be.
Julianne: There is a religious influence but thats not to say these people arent just being used as puppets by some
broader interest.
Greg: Very good point. Can you stick with us one more segment of 5 minutes?
Julianne: Okay.
Greg: Were interviewing Julianne McKinney, our last segment. Juliannes an authority in the use of surveillance and
electronic weaponry. And this is an email question, kind of a technical one from a TI. Let me read this to you. Perhaps
you can answer it. Are the protocols for each individual modified based to custom tailor it for the specific targeted
individual? And if so, how does this process work?
Julianne: Yes indeed they are modified. There is a basic protocol that the perpetrators begin with. But the TI contributes
to the modification. A good example of that would be, if someone. Im trying to think of a good example. If the TI feels
the need to cooperate, even in the most subtle fashion, with the persons who are harassing him or her, he or she will
modify his behavior, in pathlobean condition, which alters the protocol. Theyre constantly, targets are constantly
monitored, and if they respond emotionally to a particular trigger, that will be built into the protocol. If the target
displays a certain sense of guilt or embarrassment about a subject, that will be built into the protocol. Its an ongoing
process. And one thing I want to emphasize is no TI should look for a reason as to why this is going on. Its a serious,
serious mistake. I know I did that myself when they started on me and over the years I came up with probably 6
different excuses.
Greg: Is it still going on with you?
Julianne: Oh yes. Not to the degree that it was before but certainly in very lethal form.
Greg: Now, how has this hampered your life?
10
and Mind Control
Page102
10 of 12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
Julianne: Its come close to being lethal on a number of occasions. I deal, I dealt with gang stalking head on and I
essentially put that to rest. I deal with.Ive developed a means for communicating with perps directly and made them
feel like the trailer trash that they are. So gang stalking is not one of their favorite activities in my case. So the primary
activity now is to see what I can survive in the way of an induced brain aneurism or stroke or a heart attack.
Greg: I just had a caller who doesnt want to get on the air but wants to know, does moving help; moving your location?
Julianne: Running, if youre talking about moving to a completely new location, no. This country is wired to the hilt for
immediate transfer. Your protocol follows you wherever you go so its a waste of time. Moving about physically in place
will not change anything. Other than, if you make a 180 degree turn you will notice the targeting will suddenly stop
because the weapon systems are programmed to focus on a particular area of your anatomy. So if you turn, the
targeting will suddenly end. If you turn back itll hit you again.
Greg: Interesting. Now, going full circle in the last 2 minutes here, in 1991 you published Microwave Harassment and
Mind Control Experimentation. This has been passed around the internet and over thousands of domain sites over the
past 15 years. Can you tell us how someone can get ahold of this publication to be informed?
Julianne: Its not copy-writed. All they need to do is plug in my last name, McKinney, and type in the title Microwave
Harassment and Mind Control Experimentation and innumerable sites will appear and just read it from there. It will give
you a good insight into what the pattern is when harassment begins.
Greg: Now, let me just spell your name for people that are going to do that. Thats MCKINNEYMcKinney. And then its
Microwave Harassment and Mind Control Experimentation for an authority in the field.
I guess since 1981, have you seen.I guess a question I wanted to ask, from 2001, have you seen any, from the time of
911, has there been an increase in the last 4or 5 years, with this type of, that youve seen, in the number of people
contacting you. Has it been more wide spread since 911?
Julianne: Not since 911. WhenI would say back in the early 90s Ive seen a tremendous expansion of these activities
since the early 1990s. And it has moved forward in consistent fashion. Its become ever more sophisticated and ever
more wide spread. There was no sudden burst or flurry of activity since 911.
Greg: And you have no help whatsoever with the political arena in this. Correct? Politicians will not touch this with a 10
foot pole?
Julianne: Thats right. And even those who purport to be liberally inclined, and Im speaking about members of the
democratic party, will not touch it, because quote unquote, and they know, they know whats going on. They dont
they simply dont have the funds to be able to pursue it. All sorts of humma humma excuses will be furnished for not
pursuing something like this. Before you close.I hear the music in the background.
Greg: We can stay another minute if you want.
Julianne: Okay.
Greg: Why dont you come back for 2 minutes on the other side of the break and then well finish up. Okay?
Julianne: Okay.
Greg: Okay, back with Julianne McKinney and 3 minutes on the Investigative Journal. You wanted to say something at
the break.
11
and Mind Control
Page103
11 of 12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
Julianne: I did. I want to thank you very, very much for taking on this subject. There are so few in the media, as a matter
of fact, youre the only one I know of, who has the guts to address it.
Greg: And you know, it really doesnt just in defense of every other media person. I dont think its guts, in a sense,
maybe it is. I dont consider myself having guts in this issue. I consider it to be an issue that you need to take time to
understand it. And thats what I would recommend to the people in the media that havent touched this issue. If it isnt
being down right censored by someone above you, at least take the time to talk, Ill spend time talking to you about it.
Because it took me a little time to figure it out. And, Ill tell you what, its people like you that need to be applauded
because its your efforts that are bringing this to the forefront. Youre laying the credibility on the line. But I thank you
anyway for your kind words.
And with that, I wanted to say goodbye to you. And were going to have to move on. And well have you on again to talk
about this. And thank you so much.
Julianne: And thank you so much.
Greg: And that was Julianne McKinney. And she is an authority in the use of electronic weaponry and microwave
weaponry and she was with us for the last hour and a half.
12
and Mind Control
Page104
12 of 12
126 Wednesday
Saturday,
January
May 11,
28, 2017
2016
In Contravention of Conventional Wisdom

CIA no touch torture makes sense
out of mind control allegations
By Cheryl Welsh
January 2008
Cheryl Welsh was invited to speak about mind control allegations at a recent
workshop on ethics and interrogations by the workshop director, Jean Maria Arrigo PhD.
Dr. Arrigo commented on this article:
In CIA No Touch Torture Makes Sense Out of Mind Control Allegations,

Cheryl Welsh provides a valuable overview of methods common to
neuroweapons research and torture interrogation. Her essay is informed by
the multitude of self-identified, experimental targets of neuroweapons
researchers whom she represents. Scholars and journalists who are only able
to track neuroweapons research and interrogation methods through
government documents have biased the consensus reality in favor of
government authorities who deceive the public. We owe thanks to Cheryl
Welsh and her colleagues for their pioneering efforts to penetrate government
deception through the phenomenology of self-identified victims of
neuroweapons.
Jean Maria Arrigo, PhD, is an independent social psychologist and oral historian whose
work gives moral voice to military and intelligence professionals. See, for example,
Arrigo, J.M & Wagner, R. (2007). Torture Is for Amateurs: A Meeting of Psychologists
and Military Interrogators. [Special issue]. Peace and Conflict, 11 (4).
Dedicated to the courageous and kind-hearted

Peggy Fagan of Houston, Texas,
who is enduring the new scientific version of torture.
Whistleblowers Stan Caterbone & Karen Stewart Page 105 of 126 Wednesday January 11, 2017 1
Table of contents
Introduction
I. A university professor uncovers CIA no touch torture
II. The beginnings of CIA no touch torture and how it spread
III. What is no touch torture?
IV. An example of no touch torture
V. The long history of U.S. torture
VI. CIA Cold War neuroscience-based mind control research
VII. CIA Cold War nonlethal weapons research
VIII. Why CIA no touch torture has been so successful
IX. All three programs are state tools for neutralizing the enemy
without killing; for intelligence operations and counterinsurgency
warfare
X. Mind control allegations by a Korean War POW, (prisoner of war),

a Soviet political prisoner and Abu Ghraib detainees
XI. The banal and bizarre techniques of no touch torture
XII. The three key behavioral components of no touch torture
XIII. Torture as a kind of total theater
XIV. A comparison of no touch torture to mind control allegations
XV. The phenomenology of the torture situation
XVI. Comparing no touch torture techniques of sensory disorientation

and self inflicted pain to mind control allegations
XVII. Conclusions: what everyone can agree on
Introduction
After the horrific pictures of prisoners being tortured at Abu Ghraib were displayed in front pages of
newspapers around the world, the United States maintained that the U.S. government does not
torture; Abu Ghraib was about a few bad officers. Evidence now proves that CIA no touch torture
and worse were ordered by the executive branch and approved by top military officers. Surprisingly
this scandal has much in common with another national security issue, neuroweapons, commonly
referred to as mind control.
The field of neuroethics should begin now, according to bioethicist Dr. Jonathan Moreno in his 2006
book Mind Wars, Brain Research and National Defense. The influential book was reviewed in
Nature and JAMA (Journal of American Medical Association). Most neuroscientists agree that
advanced neuroweapons are over a half century away but the ethics of the new weapons need more
planning than occurred for the atomic bomb. Moreno began the first chapter of his book describing
the growing numbers of allegations of illegal government mind control targeting. He immediately
dismissed them as conspiracy theory nut cases. A 2007 Washington Post Magazine article,
Thought Wars followed suit. So why should anyone read further given these credible and highly
respected expert opinions?
Much of what the public should know about the issue has gone unreported or uninvestigated. For
example, after over a half century of classified research, not one publicly known neurological weapon
has been deployed. This raises more questions than it answers. Putting aside the major and
undebated points of the consensus position, the mind control allegations do sound crazy and on this
singular point, most people, including experts and news reporters refuse any closer examination.
Clearly, understanding why the mind control allegations sound so crazy would have significant
consequences.
Two analogies help clarify the major problems for the mind control issue, secrecy and the lack of a
thorough, impartial investigation;
Excerpt of a 1970s congressional hearing uncovering illegal CIA activities; [Senator Frank]
Church, ... persisted in blaming the plots [assassinations] on the CIA. The agency, he said, was
a rogue elephant on a rampage. For proof, he pointed to the lack of documentary evidence
that any president had ever approved an assassination. Former CIA director Richard Helms
countered that it was absurd to expect to find such evidence. I cant imagine anybody wanting
something in writing saying I have just charged Mr. Jones to go out and shoot Mr. Smith, he
testified. The Agency, he insisted, had simply carried out the wishes of the executive.
Even today, experts dont understand how the U.S. secrecy system works. Similar to the torture
scandal, until there is a national security scandal about neuroscience weapons, the public will
remain uninformed about a serious public issue.
During a dairymans strike in 19th century New England, when there was suspicion of milk
being watered down, Henry David Thoreau wrote; Sometimes circumstantial evidence can be
quite convincing; like when you find a trout in the milk. Mind Wars and the Washington Post
Magazine article examined the growing numbers of crazy sounding mind control allegations.
But unlike Thoreaus account, the publications only reported the convincing circumstantial
evidence of finding a trout in the milk and dismissed the suspicions without a fair or
impartial investigation. As a result, the mind control allegations made no sense.
Update: In the 2008 book The Commission, the Uncensored History of the 9-11 Investigation,
Philip Shenon explained that explicit, very classified kill orders are now put in writing. On page
254 Shenon wrote: MONs [memorandum of notification] were top-secret orders prepared by the
White House to authorize covert operations abroad by the CIA. ... there was an explicit, if highly
secret, order given by Clinton to the CIA in late 1998 to kill bin Laden.
I. A university professor uncovers CIA no touch

torture
University of Wisconsin professor Alfred McCoy wrote the 2006 book, A Question of Torture, CIA
Interrogation, from the Cold War to the War on Terror. Its a compelling account of McCoys search
for understanding the CIAs no touch torture techniques used in the war on terror and the Iraq
War. McCoy shows how information extracted by coercion is worthless and makes the case for a
legal approach, long and successfully used by the U.S. Marines and the F.B.I. McCoy documents
why CIA no touch torture is a revolutionary psychological approach and is the first new scientific
innovation after centuries of torture. Interrogators had found that mere physical pain, no matter
how extreme, often produced heightened resistance. Of course, the old brutal forms of physical
torture are still around, for example torture in Argentina in the 1970s described in the classic,
Prisoner Without a Name, Cell without a Number by Jacobo Timerman.
McCoy pieced together what no touch torture is and how it was spread globally. The CIAs new no
touch torture works by attacking and destroying the basis of personal identity. McCoy found that
the techniques were bizarre, simple, even banal and yet devastatingly effective. McCoy discovered
that the techniques had been scientifically proven in decades of CIA cold war research. Evidence of
several government manuals helped prove that the techniques were disseminated from Vietnam
through Iran to Central America.
No touch torture techniques sound strangely similar to mind control allegations. A comparison of
no touch torture to mind control allegations raised the possibility that mind control allegations
could be based on the well researched psychological theory for no touch torture. Torture victims
exhibit symptoms similar to psychotic processes and organic disorders and experts say this is not
mental illness but an outcome of the psychological component of torture. Psychotherapist Otto
Doerr-Zegers, who has treated Chilean victims tortured under General Augusto Pinochet stated;
The psychological component of torture becomes a kind of total theater, a constructed unreality of
lies and inversion, in a plot that ends inexorably with the victims self-betrayal and destruction. ...
This is similar to the technique of street theater that mind control victims described in the
Washington Post Magazine article. As torture victims are not mentally ill, mind control victims
would not be mentally ill but rather have undergone and are undergoing a traumatic situation
comparable to torture, such as the alleged illegal targeting with government mind control weapons.
The UCDavis Center for the Study of Human Rights in the Americas (CSHRA) and the UCDavis
Center for Mind and Brain (CMB) further explain what psychological torture is and its effects on
torture victims.
[CSHRA and CMB] have initiated a collaboration to investigate theneurobiology of

psychological torture. ...Psychological torture (henceforthPT) is a set of practices that are
used worldwide to inflict pain or suffering without resorting to direct physical violence.
PT includes the use of sleep deprivation, sensory disorientation, forced self-induced pain,
solitary confinement, mock execution, severe humiliation, mind-altering drugs and
threats of violenceas well as the exploitation of personal or cultural phobias.
The psychiatric sequelae of PT are severe. They include delirium, psychosis, regression,
self-mutilation, cognitive impairment, and anxiety disorders, including post-traumatic
stress disorder. Neuroscience research on these and related mental disorders continues
to establish their neurobiological underpinnings, thus challenging the popular view that
PT is not physical, not serious, and perhaps not even torture at all.
The CSHRA and the CMB launched their collaborative efforts by holding The First
UCDavis Workshop on the Neurobiology of Psychological Torture. The goal of this
workshop was to bring together researchers and practitioners from different specialties
and research groups in order to set off a unified, long-term, research program on the
ways in which PT affects the human central nervous system in an effort to understand it
in relation to the more traditional forms of physical torture, and to establish clearly
articulated ethical, legal, and medical descriptions of this set of practices. It is expected
that these descriptions will help treat, document, and deter PT.
Supplemented by studies on the social, historical, and ethical ramifications of PT, the
presentations made at The First UCDavis Workshop on the Neurobiology of
Psychological Torture have been bound into The Trauma of Psychological Torture, a
volume to be published by Praeger on June 30, 2008.
Please note that numerous torture experts, including CSHRA and CMB have completely shunned
suggestions to investigate mind control allegations or to consider the issue. But this information may
be helpful to the therapists of TIs (targeted individuals of mind control) who are coping with mind
control targeting.
II. The beginnings of CIA no touch torture and how it

spread
The science of psychological torture began because of fears of Russian brainwashing of defendants in
the 1940s Moscow show trials and the Korean War POW (prisoners of war) brainwashing scare in
the 1950s. The 2005 book, World as Laboratory, Experiments with Mice, Mazes, and Men by
Rebecca Lemov described government psychological research for determining whether the
Communists had developed new techniques of brainwashing. Almost all [scientists] who were
assigned to study the phenomenon of POW collaboration ended up in short order working for the
CIA via one of its various cut-outs, conduits, and false fronts, such as the Society for the
Investigation of Human Ecology, the Geschickter Fund for Medical Research, and the Scientific
Engineering Institute, or in one of its own laboratories. (Lemov, 219) McCoy described the research
behind no touch torture and how it spread globally;
From 1950 to 1962, the CIA became involved in torture through a massive mind-control
effort, with psychological warfare and secret research into human consciousness that
reached a cost of a billion dollars annually, a veritable Manhattan Project of the mind. ...
If we trace a narrative thread through a maze of hundreds of experiments, the CIA
research moved through two distinct phases, first an in-house exploration of exotic
techniques such as hypnosis and hallucinogenic drugs, and, a later focus on behavioral
experimentation by contract researchers, several of the most brilliant behavioral
scientists of their generation ...
While this Agency drug testing led nowhere, CIA-funded behavioral experiments,
outsourced to the countrys leading universities, Harvard, Princeton, Yale, etc., produced
three key findings that contributed to the discovery of a new form of torture that was
psychological, not physical, ... perhaps best described as no-touch torture. (McCoy
outline, 2)
Across the span of three continents and four decades, there is a striking similarity in U.S.
torture techniques, both their conceptual design and specific techniques, from the CIAs
1963 Kubark interrogation manual, to the Agencys 1983 Honduras training handbook,
all the way to General Ricardo Sanchezs 2003 orders for interrogation in Iraq. ...
Guantanamo perfected the three-phase psychological paradigm by attacking cultural
identity and individual psyche. (McCoy outline, 14)
III. What is no touch torture?

McCoy explained what no touch torture is;
The CIAs psychological paradigm for no touch torture fused two new methods,
sensory disorientation and self-inflicted pain, whose combination, in theory, would
cause victims to feel responsible for their own suffering and thus capitulate more readily
to their torturers. Refined through years of practice, sensory disorientation relies on a
mix of sensory overload and sensory deprivation via banal procedures, isolation then
intense interrogation, heat and cold, light and dark, noise and silence, for a systematic
attack on all human stimuli. The fusion of these two techniques, sensory disorientation
and self-inflicted pain, creates a synergy of physical and psychological trauma whose sum
is a hammer-blow to the existential platforms of personal identity. (McCoy outline, 4-5)
In 2004, the Red Cross reported: The construction of such a system. ... cannot be
considered other than an intentional system of cruel, unusual and degrading treatment
and a form of torture. (McCoy outline, 9)
IV. An example of no touch torture

Democracy Nows Amy Goodman interviewed journalist Jane Mayer about her August 8, 2007 New
Yorker article, The Black Sites: A Rare Look Inside the C.I.A.s Secret Interrogation Program.
Mayer described detainee Khalid Sheikh Mohammed and his experience with no touch torture;
There, he [Khalid Sheikh Mohammed] was subjected to a kind of a weird routine that
someone described to me as kind of Clockwork Orange sort of thing, where he was put in
goggles that blacked out the light and earmuffs of some sort that blocked out sound and
deprived of any normal routine, such as meals or anything that would allow him to know
what time of day it was or really have any kind of marker in his existence. And its a
program thats developed of sort of psychological terror, in a way, to kind of make people
feel that they are completely dependent on other people, have no control over their lives,
and its something that, the technique, that really comes out of the KGB days, way back in
the Cold War. And apparently its something the CIA has put a lot of research into over
time.
V. The long history of U.S. torture

The history of CIA torture runs parallel to CIA neuroscience-based mind control research and also
CIA nonlethal weapons research. This is important because mind control allegations include
descriptions of techniques that sound like all three CIA programs. It is possible that the related cold
war CIA no touch torture, nonlethal weapons and neuroscience-based mind control programs have
co-mingled for intelligence purposes. Pulitzer Prize winning New York Times reporter and author
Tim Weiner wrote the 2007 book Legacy of Ashes, History of the CIA. Weiner described the CIA
torture programs and the U.S. secret detention centers around the world. This is a brief excerpt of
the extensive programs;
The project dated back to 1948, when Richard Helms and his [American intelligence]
officers in Germany realized they were being defrauded ... The agency had set up
clandestine prisons to wring confessions out of suspected double agents. One was in
Germany, another in Japan. The third, and the biggest, was in the Panama Canal Zone.
Like Guantanamo, ... It was anything goes. ... (Weiner, 64-5)
Senior CIA officers, including Helms, destroyed almost all the records of these programs
in fear they might become public. (Weiner, 66)
The agency, as Cheney said that morning, went over to the dark side. On Monday,
September 17, President Bush issued a fourteen-page top secret directive to Tenet and
the CIA, ordering the agency to hunt, capture, imprison, and interrogate suspects around
the world. It set new limits on what the agency could do. It was the foundation for a
system of secret prisons where CIA officers and contractors used techniques that
included torture. One CIA contractor was convicted of beating an Afghan prison to death.
This was not the role of a civilian intelligence service in a democratic society. But it is
clearly what the White House wanted the CIA to do. ...
[The CIA] had participated in the torture of captured enemy combatants before,
beginning in 1967, under the Phoenix program in Vietnam. ...
Under Bushs order, the CIA began to function as a global military police, throwing
hundreds of suspects into secret jails in Afghanistan, Thailand, Poland, and inside the
American military prison in Guantanamo, Cuba. It handed hundreds more prisoners off
to the intelligence services in Egypt, Pakistan, Jordan, and Syria for interrogations.
(Weiner, 482)
VI. CIA Cold War neuroscience-based mind control

research
Some CIA neuroscience-based mind control research is known to have continued into the 1970s and
is still classified today. A January 29, 1979 Washington Post article entitled Book Disputes CIA
Chief on Mind-Control Efforts: Work Went on Into 1970s, Author Says, reported;
Despite assurances last year from Central Intelligence Director Stansfield Turner that the
CIAs mind-control program was phased out over a decade ago, the intelligence agency
has come up with new documents indicating that the work went on into the 1970s,
according to a new book. John Marks, the author of the book, said the CIA mind-control
researchers did apparently drop their much publicized MK-ULTRA drug-testing
program. But they replaced it, according to Marks, with another super secret behavioral-
control project under the agencys Office of Research and Development.
The ORD program used a cover organization set up in the 1960s outside Boston headed
by Dr. Edwin Land, the founder of Polaroid, who acted as a figurehead, said Marks in
his book. The project investigated such research as genetic engineering, development of
new strains of bacteria, and mind control. The book identifies the Massachusetts
proprietary organization headed by Land as the Scientific Engineering Institute. The
CIA-funded institute was originally set up as a radar and technical research company in
the 1950s and shifted over to mind-control experiments in the 1960s with the exception
of a few scattered programs. According to Marks, however, the ORD program was a full-
scale one and just as secret as the earlier MK-ULTRA project.
In a March 14, 1987, Nation magazine editorial, Louis Slesin, editor of the trade publication,
Microwave News, wrote; Experts agree that nonionizing electromagnetic radiation (NIER) can
affect behavior, but the question is whether the radiation can be harnessed and used on people at a
distance. With its MKULTRA program the CIA began looking for the answer in the early 1950s.
Slesin described that in the 1979 book, Search for the Manchurian Candidate, The CIA and Mind
Control by John Marks, Marks filed a freedom of information act (foia) request. The CIA replied
that it had a roomful of files on electromagnetic and related techniques to alter behavior and
stimulate the brain. But, [the agency] refused to release the papers, and they remain classified.
VII. CIA Cold War nonlethal weapons research

Nonlethal weapons are another outcome of CIA behavior control research. Steven Aftergood wrote
about the initial stages of nonlethal weapons in the September/October 1994 Bulletin of the Atomic
Scientists; Details about programs to develop so called non-lethal weapons are slowly emerging
from the U.S. governments secret black budget. ... The concept of non-lethal weapons is not new;
the term appears in heavily censored CIA documents dating from the 1960s. Dr. Barbara Hatch-
Rosenberg described nonlethal weapons on page 45,
Non-lethal weapons may violate treaties
Development of many of the proposed weapons described on these pages has been
undertaken by NATO, the United States, and probably other nations as well. Most of the
weapons could be considered pre-lethal rather than non-lethal. They would actually
provide a continuum of effects ranging from mild to lethal, with varying degrees of
controllability. Serious questions arise about the legality of these expensive and highly
classified development programs. Four international treaties are particularly relevant ...
The Certain Conventional Weapons Convention (also known as the Inhumane Weapons
Convention).
Many of the non-lethal weapons under consideration utilize infrasound or

electromagnetic energy (including lasers, microwave or radio-frequency radiation, or
visible light pulsed at brain-wave frequency) for their effects. These weapons are said to
cause temporary or permanent blinding, interference with mental processes,
modification of behavior and emotional response, seizures, severe pain, dizziness, nausea
and diarrhea, or disruption of internal organ functions in various other ways. In addition,
the use of high-power microwaves to melt down electronic systems would incidentally
cook every person in the vicinity.
Typically, the biological effects of these weapons depend on a number of variables that,
theoretically, could be tuned to control the severity of the effects. However, the precision
of control is questionable. The use of such weapons for law enforcement might constitute
severe bodily punishment without due process. In warfare, the use of these weapons in a
non-lethal mode would be analogous to the use of riot control agents in the Vietnam War,
a practice now outlawed by the CWC. Regardless of the level of injury inflicted, the use of
many non-lethal weapons is likely to violate international humanitarian law on the basis
of superfluous suffering and/or indiscriminate effects.
In addition, under the Certain Conventional Weapons Convention, international

discussions are now under way that may lead to the development of specific new
protocols covering electromagnetic weapons; a report is expected sometime next year.
The current surge of interest in electromagnetic and similar technologies makes the
adoption of a protocol explicitly outlawing the use of these dehumanizing weapons an
urgent matter.
VIII. Why CIA no touch torture has been so successful

McCoy explained;
CIA Paradigm: In its clandestine journey across continents and decades, this distinctly
American form of psychological torture would prove elusive, resilient, adaptable and
devastatingly destructive, attributes that have allowed it to persist up to the present and
into the future. ...
1. Elusive: Unlike its physical variant, psychological torture lacks clear signs of abuse
and easily eludes detection, greatly complicating any investigation, prosecution, or
attempt at prohibition.
2. Resilient: Psychological torture is shrouded in a scientific patina that appeals to

policy makers and avoids the obvious physical brutality unpalatable to the modern
public.
3. Adaptable: In forty years since its discovery, the Agencys psychological paradigm
has proved surprisingly adaptable, with each sustained application producing
innovations. ...
4. Destructive: Although seemingly less brutal than physical methods, the CIAs no
touch torture actually leaves searing psychological scars. Victims often need long
treatment to recover from a trauma many experts consider more crippling than
physical pain. (A Question of Torture, 12)
These characteristics also apply to nonlethal weapons and neuroscience-based mind control. All
three are emerging state tools of the future and can neutralize the enemy by controlling the behavior
of the enemy. A 2005 book entitled, Torture, Does it Make Us Safer? Is It Ever OK? was co-
published with Human Rights Watch. Some general reasons for why governments use torture as a
state tool include the following. Governments torture because it is a way to obtain coerced
confessions. The confessions can be used for propaganda purposes. Torture serves a variety of state
purposes: to terrorize certain elements of the population, to instill a climate of fear in the public
more generally, and to break key leaders and members of these groups, uncovering their networks.
Other purposes of torture are to obtain intelligence by any means, annihilate subversives and
eliminate the enemy.
Counterinsurgency warfare is taking place in Iraq and major newspapers have reported on the many
detainees that have consistently alleged being subjected to no touch torture techniques. As
reported in the September 16th, 2007 Sacramento Bee, General David Petraeus co-wrote the
Counterinsurgency Field Manuel-U.S. Army Field Manual on Tactics, Intelligence, Host Nation
Forces, Airpower, which Newsweek said, is highly touted as the basis upon which the surge of U.S.
forces this year would be organized.
The book Torture, also included a description of counterinsurgency warfare, in which torture was a
principal weapon and was developed during the French experience in Indochina and Algeria.
[The] genesis of this new kind of warfare is the idea that the enemy takes the form of an
invisible political organization hidden among the civilian population. One can know its
leaders and its structure only by waging a war of information: by arresting masses of
civilian suspects, interrogating them, and, if necessary, torturing them. ... In the modern
era, ... the science of torture and similar abusive treatment has developed to break the
physical and mental resistance of subjects before they expire or go mad and thus become
useless as sources of information. ... Torture is still about domination.
IX. All three programs are state tools for neutralizing

the enemy without killing; for intelligence operations and
counterinsurgency warfare
By comparing mind control allegations to no touch torture techniques and the very classified
nonlethal weapons program, the purpose of the bizarre sounding mind control allegations begins to
make sense. Neuroweapons include the CIAs still classified neuroscience-based mind control
research, no touch torture and nonlethal weapons. All three are emerging state tools of the future
that can reliably neutralize the enemy psychologically or without killing. The old, politically
unacceptable methods of brutal physical torture and killing wont be eliminated but surreptitious,
scientifically proven, alternative methods are available to achieve an even greater national security
advantage. All are ideal for counterinsurgency warfare, psychological operations and intelligence
operations. The characteristics of no touch torture, nonlethal weapons and neuroscience-based
mind control make them more inhumane than the atomic bomb.
X. Mind control allegations by a Korean War POW,

(prisoner of war), a Soviet political prisoner and Abu
Ghraib detainees
Three relevant examples out of the numerous available provide a general overview of the decades of
mind control allegations and weapons. The details are compelling and rarely reported by
mainstream press and illustrate why a comparison of no touch torture to mind control allegations
is so applicable. The examples share the same Cold War history with CIA no touch torture,
neuroscience-based mind control and nonlethal weapons programs.
1. The 1984 BBC TV documentary Opening Pandoras Box described EMR [electromagnetic
radiation] remote mind control developments and a claim of mind control by a Korean POW;
In the 1950s, intelligence agencies were interested in changing mental states. The
theory is that brain waves can be tuned to a different EMR frequency and can
change moods and character. ... A CIA memo stated that they were looking for
behavior control to enhance consciousness.
The Soviets had realized the same thing. Dr. Ross Adey, famous EMR researcher at
Loma Linda Veterans Hospital, examined the Lida machine, from the Soviet Union.
It was described as a machine to rearrange consciousness. The Russians claimed
to use it for treatment of emotional disorders in the 1950s. Dr. Adey stated that the
Lida machine is now obsolete. It used coiled wire inside ear muffs which acted like
an antenna and emitted 1/10 sec pulses of EMR. Dr. Adey demonstrated that
excited animals rapidly quiet down when exposed to the Lida EMR frequencies.
There was one account that the Lida machine was used during the Korean war for
brainwashing American Prisoners.
2. An interview of an alleged Russian victim, Andre Slepucha, was reported in a 1998 ZDF
German TV documentary. He described what seems to be the first reported victim of some type
of microwave hearing. Slepucha stated;
In November 1954 I came into contact with what today is referred to as

Psychotronic Treatment for the first time. Back then they took me out of the
concentration camp where, under Stalin, I had been imprisoned as a political
prisoner, and brought me into an isolation cell in the KGB prison which was located
in the Lubyanka. After an approximately two week long continuous occupation of
the cell I suddenly experienced in the morning strong sounds in the head, very
strong acoustic and visual hallucinations.
On the CNN news broadcast, Special Assignment by Chuck DeCaro, Weapons of War, Is there
an RF Gap? November 1985, Dr. Bill van Bise, electrical engineer, conducted a demonstration
of Soviet scientific data and schematics for beaming a magnetic field into the brain to cause
visual hallucinations. The demonstration on reporter Chuck DeCaro was successful. Dr. van
Bise stated, In three weeks, I could put together a device that would take care of a whole
town. A December 13, 1976, Federal Times article, Microwave Weapons Study by Soviets
Cited described the alleged Russian capability of microwave hearing;
The Defense Intelligence Agency has released a report on heavy Communist

research on microwaves, including their use as weapons. Microwaves are used in
radar, television and microwave ovens. They can cause disorientation and possibly
heart attacks in humans. Another biological effect with possible anti-personnel uses
is microwave hearing. Sounds and possibly even words which appear to be
originating intracranially (within the head) can be induced by signal modulation at
very low average power densities, the report said. According to the study,
Communist work in this area has great potential for development into a system for
disorienting or disrupting the behavior patterns of military or diplomatic
personnel.
3. Jon Ronson, author of the New York Times reviewed book, The Men Who Stare at Goats
wrote about alleged mind control experiments on Iraqi detainees. In an interview on April 14,
2005 at the Politics and Prose book store in Washington DC., Ronson discussed his book.
(Tape available from Cspan, Book TV at www.booktv.org. Videotape # 186334)
And from the former detainees from Guantanamo Bay that Ive interviewed it
seems exactly the same things are going on there. I said to a man called Jamal al-
Harith how do you feel, you know how did you feel at Guantanamo Bay and he said
felt like a laboratory rat. And he said, I felt they were trying stuff out on me. ...
And one example is with Barney the purple dinosaur. When it was announced a
year ago that they were rounding up prisoners of war in Iraq and blasting them
with Barney the purple dinosaur, it was treated as a funny story, because, by all the
major news networks in America, you know... the torture wasnt that bad. ... It was
disseminated as funny because who wants to replace a funny story with, as Eric
[Olson] once said to me, with one thats not fun. ...
I was given seven photographs of a detainee who had just been given the Barney
treatment as they called it. It was 48 hours of Barney with flashing strobe lights
inside a shipping container in the desert heat. ...
... The current chief of staff of the Army is a man called General Pete Shoemaker. ...
Hes well known to have an interest in these paranormal esoteric military pursuits.
... So now is the time when I know that these ideas go to the very top [levels of the
military].
One of the things you spoke of, the one that I have knowledge of is the frequencies.
You can follow a trail of patents like footprints in the snow and the patents
sometimes vanish into the world of military classification. And theres many
patents bought up by a man called Dr. Oliver Lowry. ...
So we know that these patents have been bought up by the military. ... And the
detainees of Guantanamo Ive spoken to speak of being blasted withfrequencies, put
inside music, high and low frequencies, masked with music.
...I think theres no doubt theyre experimenting with this stuff. To add to that
controversial suggestion. I think theres a good chance that even though theyre
trying this stuff out, its not necessarily true that it works. A lot of this stuff doesnt
work. This may or may not work. I dont know.
XI. The banal and bizarre techniques of no touch

torture
Psychological techniques used at Guantanamo, Abu Ghraib and secret prisons have included
extremes of the following; manipulation of time, loud music, strobe lights, odd sounds, hooding, ear
muffs, heat and cold, light and dark, isolation and intensive interrogation and most importantly,
creative combinations of all these methods which otherwise might seem, individually, banal if not
benign. As McCoy explains;
After a visit from the Guantanamo chief General Miller in September 2003, the U.S.
commander for Iraq, General Ricardo Sanchez, issued orders for sophisticated
psychological torture. As I read from those orders, please listen for the combined sensory
disorientation, self-inflicted pain, and attacking Arab cultural sensitivities.
Environmental Manipulation: Altering the environment to create moderate discomfort

(e.g. adjusting temperatures or introducing an unpleasant smell) ...
Sleep Adjustment: Adjusting the sleeping times of the detainee (e.g. reversing the
sleeping cycles from night to day).
Isolation: Isolating the detainee from other detainees. ... 30 days.
Presence of Military Working Dogs: Exploits Arab fear of dogs while maintaining security
during interrogations ...
Yelling, Loud Music, and Light Control: Used to create fear, disorient detainee and
prolong capture shock. Volume controlled to prevent injury ...
Stress Positions: Use of physical posturing (sitting, standing, kneeling, prone, etc.)
(McCoy outline, 9)
XII. The three key behavioral components of no touch

torture
McCoy described the principles underlying no touch torture;
Through covert trial and error, the CIA, in collaboration with university researchers,
slowly identified three key behavioral components integral to its emerging techniques for
psychological torture.
Discovery #1 Sensory deprivation In the early 1950s ...Dr. Donald Hebb found that he
could induce a state akin to psychosis in just 48 hours. ...after just two to three days of
such isolation [sitting in a cubicle ..with goggles, gloves and ear muffs on.] the subjects
very identity had begun to disintegrate.
Discovery #2 Self-inflicted pain ...Albert Biderman, Irving L. Janis, Harold Wolff, and
Lawrence Hinkle, advised the agency about the role of self-inflicted pain in Communist
interrogation. ...During the 1950s as well, two eminent neurologists at Cornell Medical
Center working for the CIA found that the KGBs most devastating torture technique
involved, not crude physical beatings, but simply forcing the victim to stand for days at a
time, while the legs swelled, the skin erupted in suppurating lesions, the kidneys shut
down, hallucinations began.
Discovery #3 Anyone can torture ...Finally, a young Yale psychologist Stanley Milgram,
...conducted his famed obedience experiments, asking ordinary New Haven citizens to
torture on command and discovering that, in contravention of conventional wisdom,
anyone could be trained to torture. ...[Milgram] did controversial research under a
government grant showing that almost any individual is capable of torture, a critical
finding for the agency as it prepared to disseminate its method worldwide. (McCoy
outline, 4, Question of Torture, 32-33)
By the projects end in the late 1960s, this torture research had involved three of the 100
most eminent psychologists of the 20th century-Hebb, Milgram, and Janis, as well as
several presidents of the American Psychiatric Association and the American
Psychological Association. (A Question of Torture, 33)
That notorious photo of a hooded Iraqi on a box, arms extended and wires to his hands,
exposes this covert method. The hood is for sensory deprivation, and the arms are
extended for self-inflicted pain. ... Although seemingly less brutal than physical methods,
no-touch torture leaves deep psychological scars on both victims and interrogators. One
British journalist who observed this methods use in Northern Ireland called sensory
deprivation the worst form of torture because it provokes more anxiety among the
interrogatees than more traditional tortures, leaves no visible scars and, therefore, is
harder to prove, and produces longer lasting effects. (Question of Torture, 8-9)
McCoy explained how CIA no touch torture changes its victims;
Insights from the treatment of Chilean victims tortured under General Augusto Pinochet
s regime offer a point of entry into this complex question. Psychotherapist Otto Doerr-
Zegers found that victims suffer a mistrust bordering on paranoia, and a loss of interest
that greatly surpasses anything observed in anxiety disorders. The subject does not
only react to torture with a tiredness of days, weeks, or months, but remains a tired
human being, relatively uninterested and unable to concentrate.
These findings led him to a revealing question: What in torture makes possible a change
of such nature that it appears similar to psychotic processes and to disorders of organic
origin? (Question of Torture, 10-11)
XIII. Torture as a kind of total theater

Doerr-Zegers explained that techniques of torture work by creating deception, distrust, fear,
disorientation, a kind of total theater that leaves the victim disoriented and emotionally and
psychological damaged. The similarity of the explanation below to street theater found in mind
control allegations is remarkable;
As Doerr-Zegers describes it, the psychological component of torture becomes a kind of

total theater, a constructed unreality of lies and inversion, in a plot that ends inexorably
with the victims self-betrayal and destruction.
To make their artifice of false charges, fabricated news, and mock executions convincing,
interrogators often become inspired thespians. The torture chamber itself thus has the
theatricality of a set with special lighting, sound effects, props, and backdrop, all
designed with a perverse stagecraft to evoke an aura of fear. Both stage and cell construct
their own kind of temporality. While the play both expands and collapses time to carry
the audience forward toward denouement, the prison distorts time to disorientate and
then entrap the victim. As the torturer manipulates circumstances to maximize
confusion, the victim feels prior schemas of the self and the world ... shattered and
becomes receptive to the torturers construction of reality.
Under the peculiar conditions of psychological torture, victims, isolated from others,
form emotional ties to their tormentors that make them responsive to a perverse play
in which they are both audience and actor, subject and objectin a script that often
leaves them not just disoriented but emotionally and psychologically damaged, in some
cases for the rest of their lives. (A Question of Torture, 10)
XIV. A comparison of no touch torture to mind

control allegations
The Washington Post Magazine article included interviews of several TIs, or targeted individuals of
mind control, as some call themselves. Highly acclaimed author Gloria Naylor is most recognized for
her novel Women of Brewster Place, starring Oprah in a 1980s TV mini-series. Naylor wrote the
novel 1996, about her personal experience of mind control targeting and street theater. The article
also included an example of drug-induced paranoia for comparison;
Like Girard, Naylor describes what she calls street theater, incidents that might be
dismissed by others as coincidental, but which Naylor believes were set up. She noticed
suspicious cars driving by her isolated vacation home. On an airplane, fellow passengers
mimicked her every movement, like mimes on a street.
Voices similar to those in Girards case followed, taunting voices cursing her, telling her
she was stupid, that she couldnt write. Expletive-laced language filled her head. ...
Naylor is not the first writer to describe such a personal descent. Evelyn Waugh, one of
the great novelists of the 20th century, details similar experiences in The Ordeal of
Gilbert Pinfold. Waughs book, published in 1957, has eerie similarities to Naylors.
Embarking on a recuperative cruise, Pinfold begins to hear voices on the ship that he
believes are part of a wireless system capable of broadcasting into his head; he believes
the instigator recruited fellow passengers to act as operatives; and he describes
performances put on by passengers directed at him yet meant to look innocuous to
others.
Waugh wrote his book several years after recovering from a similar episode and realizing
that the voices and paranoia were the result of drug-induced hallucinations.
The psychological terror and mistrust bordering on paranoia of torture victims is remarkably similar
to the mind control alleged by Naylor and the drug-induced paranoia of Waugh. The street theater
described by most TIs also appears similar to the paranoia of mental illness and most people think
street theater sounds crazy.
The addendum of Naylors novel 1996 included this description of some of the most commonly
reported mind control symptoms;
Victims are subjected to various kinds of harassment and torture, twenty-four hours a
day, seven days a week, for years on end. Most believe that some type of technology can
remotely track, target, and control every nerve in their bodies. Heart and respiration rate
can speed up and slow down, and stomach and bowel functions are regulated. Illnesses
and all types of pain can turn on and off in an instant. Microwave burns are reported.
Sleep deprivation is common and dreams are manipulated. Victims say, They [whoever
is targeting them] can see through my eyes, what I see. Sometimes victims describe
seeing the images of projected holograms. Thoughts can be read. Most victims describe a
phenomenon they call street theater. For example, people around the victim have
repeated verbatim, the victims immediate thoughts, or harassive and personalized
statements are repeated by strangers wherever the victim may go.
Emotions can be manipulated. Microwave hearing, known to be an unclassified military

capability of creating voices in the head, is regularly reported. Implanted thoughts and
visions are common, with repetitive themes that can include pedophilia, homophobia
and degradation. Victims say it is like having a radio or TV in your head. Less frequently,
remote and abusive sexual manipulation is reported. Almost all victims say repetitive
behavior control techniques are used and include negative, stimulus-response or
feedback loops.
The counterintuitive and bizarre torture techniques are discernible within the mind control
allegations. The mind control techniques seem to be psychological techniques to disorient the victim
and cause him to feel completely controlled, dependent and at the mercy of his torturers. Similar to
the kind of total theater for torture, street theater is almost certainly a part of the process of
breaking ones personality to gain behavior control over that person.
XV. The phenomenology of the torture situation

What in torture makes possible a change of such nature that it appears similar to psychotic
processes and to disorders of organic origin? Doerr-Zegers found the answer lies in the
psychological, not physical, phenomenology of the torture situation;
1. an asymmetry of power;
2. the anonymity of the torturer to the victim;
3. the double bind of either enduring or betraying others;
4. the systematic falsehood of trumped-up charges, artificial lighting, cunning
deceptions, and mock executions;
5. confinement in distinctive spaces signifying displacement, trapping, narrowness
and destruction; and
6. a temporality characterized by some unpredictability and much circularity, having
no end. ...
Thus, much of the pain from all forms of torture is psychological, not physical, based
upon denying victims any power over their lives. In sum, the torturer strives through
insult and disqualification, by means of threats ... to break all the victims possible
existential platforms. Through this asymmetry, the torturer eventually achieves
complete power and reduces the victims to a condition of total or near total
defenselessness. (Question of Torture, 10-11)
In torture, a torture situation is created according to Doerr-Zegers. In mind control allegations,

there is a similar phenomenology of a mind control situation. TIs describe this as an electronic
prison. Doerr-Zegers described the torture technique, 1) an asymmetry of power. In torture, the
torturer has complete power and the victim is completely powerless. Similarly, TIs are targeted
remotely and are completely powerless to stop the targeting. Doerr-Zegers described the torture
technique, 2) the anonymity of the torturer to the victim. Torture victims do not know their torturer
and similarly, there is the anonymity of the remote targeting in the mind control situation.
Most TIs described street theater or seemingly staged events which matches 3), 4) and 6). Doerr-
Zegers described torture technique, 5) confinement in distinctive spaces signifying displacement,
trapping, narrowness and destruction. Although TIs are not physically imprisoned, most victims
describe the experience as very debilitating and compare it to mental rape, an electronic prison, or
total destruction of the quality of their lives. Mind control poses a severe restriction on their former
lives. Doerr-Zegers technique 6) a temporality characterized by some unpredictability and much
circularity, having no end is also similar to sensory deprivation in mind control allegations. TIs
routinely report the simple but extremely repetitive and negative, stimulus-response and feedback
loops of their environment.
XVI. Comparing no touch torture techniques of

sensory disorientation and self inflicted pain to mind
control allegations
The psychological effects achieved by torture and alleged mind control are similar. Mind control
targeting tactics described by most TIs seem to contain the underlying no touch torture techniques
of sensory disorientation and self inflicted pain. For comparison, here is McCoys description;
To summarize, the CIAs psychological paradigm fused two new methods, sensory
disorientation and self-inflicted pain, whose combination, in theory, would cause
victims to feel responsible for their own suffering and thus capitulate more readily to
their torturers ... The fusion of these two techniques, sensory disorientation and self-
inflicted pain, creates a synergy of physical and psychological trauma whose sum is a
hammer-blow to the existential platforms of personal identity. (McCoy outline, 5)
The intended effect of sensory disorientation for torture would be similar for mind control; to create
an environment of radical uncertainty to enhance the break down of the persons will and
personality. Most alleged cases of mind control describe the considerable repetition of seemingly
innocuous and banal stimuli in the TIs environment, as if engineered by computer. The addendum
of Naylors book included this description; Almost all victims say repetitive behavior control
techniques are used and include negative, stimulus-response or feedback loops. For comparison,
here is McCoys description;
The CIAs sensory disorientation became a total assault on all senses and sensibilities,
auditory, visual, tactile, temporal, temperature, and survival. Refined through years of
practice, sensory disorientation relies on a mix of sensory overload and sensory
deprivation via banal procedures, isolation then intense interrogation, heat and cold,
light and dark, noise and silence, for a systematic attack on all human stimuli. (McCoy
outline, 4-5)
McCoy described the photos of the hooded detainee with the arms extended for self-inflicted pain.
The torturer forces the prisoner to stand with arms extended and the prisoner has no control over
his situation. The prisoner still has a sense of guilt at causing his own pain by his extended arms.
This intended effect of self inflicted pain for torture seems to be similar to mind control. TIs who are
remotely targeted with physical pain cannot escape. Although TIs go to extremes in trying to escape
the physical targeting, they are unsuccessful. The psychological trauma is inflicted by the sense of
causing ones own pain. Many TIs report that the targeting causes TIs to become isolated from
friends, families and in many cases TIs are unable to work. This common reaction to targeting seems
to be a type of self-inflicted psychological pain.
Carole Sterlings description of targeting is also found in the addendum of Naylors book and seems
to illustrate the techniques of sensory disorientation and self-inflicted pain. It is a typical TI
description;
In 1997, Carole Sterling wrote a letter to the editor of the Star Beacon. She described her
alleged targeting with EMR weapons technologies that within months, led to her suicide.
Dear Star Beacon, I am writing about something that happened to me which goes back to
December 1995. I went to a conference in Nevada. The day following the last night at the
conference, I noticed that I had an injection mark on the base of my spine which was
sore. Then the nightmare started three days after my return to Washington, D.C. ... It
totally scrambled my brain, leaving me unable to think properly, simply functioning on
sheer shock and horror, with total incomprehension of what was going on. It actually was
debilitating. The room felt like a torture chamber. This forced me out of my home. I
believe that the technology used, be it some type of a frequency assault, some sort of
directed energy, in addition to whatever was injected in me, has caused damage to my
brain. [I have] been living with this debilitating and excruciating pain for the last eight
months so far.
TIs describe both psychological and physical targeting similar to torture. It seems logical to surmise
that the successful psychological theories of no touch torture would cross over to more technically
based remote, advanced mind control programs. This becomes a significant step forward in
understanding the mind control issue. The mind control allegations are the secret in plain sight.
XVII. Conclusions: what everyone can agree on

Hard questions need to be asked of the experts. Who now controls the neuroscience weapons
research and how advanced is it? As a result of U.S. secrecy, an educated guess is all that is possible.
The public deployment of advanced remote neuroscience weapons will be a world changing event,
affecting the lives of this generation and the next. The weapons involve national security, science,
history, U.S. politics and geopolitics. Most importantly the weapons encompass human nature, good
and evil and suffering. Most people are in agreement about one fact: unlike the atomic bomb, there
has been a total lack of public input for neuroscience weapons and policy even though the research
began in the 1950s and is still classified. Again, this raises more questions than it answers.
This article will be published in March 2008. See www.huntergatheress.com A special thank you to editor, Joan DArc for
her encouragement and suggestions.
Stan J. Caterbone

1250 Fremont Street
Lancaster, PA 17603
scaterbone@live.com
717-669-2163
April 20, 2016
Stan J. Caterbone/Advanced Media Group Biography
Present - Advanced Media Group, President, Owner, and Founder.
In 1987 I became a federal whistleblower for the case of local defense contractor International Signal
and Control, or ISC. ISC was a black ops program for the NSA and CIA that was convicted in 1992 for
an elaborate scheme to arm Iraq and other Middle Eastern countries with a broad array of weapons,
most notably cluster bombs. It was the third larges fraud in U.S. History at that time. I have been a
victim of organized stalking since 1987 and a victim of electronic and direct energy weapons since 2005.
I had also been telepathic since 2005. In 2005 the U.S. Sponsored Mind Control turned into an all-out
assault of mental telepathy; synthetic telepathy; hacking of all electronic devices; vandilism and thefts
of personal property, extortions, intellectual property violations, obstruction of justice; violations of due
process; thefts and modifications of court documents; and pain and torture through the use of directed
energy devices and weapons that usually fire a low frequency electromagnetic energy at the targeted
victim. This assault was no coincidence in that it began simultaneously with the filing of the federal
action in U.S. District Court, or CATERBONE v. Lancaster County Prison, et. al., or 05-cv-2288. This
assault began after the handlers remotely trained/sychronized Stan J. Caterbone with mental telepathy.
The main difference opposed to most other victims of this technology is that I am connected 24/7 with
the same person who declares telepathically she is a known celebrity. Over the course of 10 years I
have been telepathic with at least 20 known persons and have spent 10 years trying to validate and
confirm their identities without success. Most U.S. intelligence agencies refuse to cooperate, and the
Federal Bureau of Investigation and the U.S. Attorney's Office refuse to comment and act on the
numerous formal complaints that are filed in their respective offices. Most complaints are focused on
the routine victimization's of a targeted individual including but not limited to stalking, harassment,
threats, vandalism, thefts, extortion, burglaries, false imprisonments, fabricated mental health warrants
or involuntary commitments, pain and torture to the body, and most often the cause of obstruction of
justice is the computer hacking.
I have a very sophisticated and authentic library of evidence of the use of U.S. Sponsored Mind Control
technologies on my father and brother that dates back to the 1940's while my father was in the U.S.
Navy after he graduated with honors from Air Gunners School in Florida, including an affidavit motorized
and authenticated by my father in 1996. My brother served in the U.S. Air force and was victim to LSD
experiments of the infamous MKULTRA program in the late 1960's.
In 2015 I filed an amicus curie on behalf of Lisa Michelle Lambert who was convicted in 1992 of the
murder of Laurie Show, both of Lancaster, Pennsylvania. I currently am in litigation in the U.S. Third
Circuit Court of Appeals and in February of 2016 Lisa Michelle Lambert published her book titled
Corruption in Lancaster County My Story, which is available in bookstores and on Amazon.com. I
am in frequent contact with her co-author, Dave Brown of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
Stan J. Caterbone/Advanced Media Group Biography Page 1 of 6 Wednesday, April 20, 2016
In 2009 I Proposed an ORGANIZED STALKING AND DIRECTED ENERGY WEAPONS HARASSMENT BILL
to Pennsylvania House of Representative Mike Sturla (Lancaster, Pennsylvania) and City of Lancaster
Mayor Richard Gray in 2009. The draft legislation is the work of Missouri House of Representative Jim
Guest, who has been working on helping victims of these horrendous crimes for years. The bill will
provide protections to individuals who are being harassed, stalked, harmed by surveillance, and
assaulted; as well as protections to keep individuals from becoming human research subjects, tortured,
and killed by electronic frequency devices, directed energy devices, implants, and directed energy
weapons. I again reintroduced the bill to the Pennsylvania General Assembly in 2015 and frequented
the Pennsylvania Capitol trying to find support and a sponsor; which I still do to this day.
In 2006 I began his role as an Activist Shareholder for Fulton Financial, which is listed as "FULT" on the
NASDAQ stock exchange. As a founder of Financial Management Group, Ltd., a full service financial firm,
Stan J. Caterbone has drawn upon the success in developing the strategic vision for his company and
the experience gained in directing the legal affairs and public offering efforts in dealing with Fulton
Financial. I have been in recent discussions with the Fulton Financial Board of Directors with regards to
various complaints dealing with such issues as the Resource Bank acquisition and the subprime failures.
I believe that Fulton Financial needs management to become more aggressive in it's strategic planning
and the performance it expects from it's management team in order to increase shareholder value.
Expanding the footprint of the regional bank has not yielded an increase to the bottom line that is
consistent with the expectations of shareholders. Lancaster County has seen several local banking
institutions acquired by larger regional banks, thus increasing the competition Fulton Financial will see in
it's local marketplace as well as in it's regional footprint.
In 2005 I, as a Pro Se Litigant filed several civil actions as Plaintiffs that are in current litigation in the
United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, the United States Third District
Court of Appeals, the Pennsylvania Supreme Court, The Pennsylvania Superior Court, the
Commonwealth Court of Pennsylvania, The Court of Common Pleas of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania.
These litigations include violations of intellectual property rights, anti-trust violations, and interference
of contracts relating to several business interests. Central to this litigation is the Digital Movie, Digital
Technologies, Financial Management Group, Ltd,/FMG Advisory, Ltd., and its affiliated businesses along
with a Federal False Claims Act or Federal Whistleblowers Act regarding the firm of International Signal
and Control, Plc., (ISC) the $1Billion Dollar Fraud and the Export violations of selling arms to South
Africa and Iraq. This litigation dates back to 1987. Stan J. Caterbone was a shareholder of ISC, and was
solicited by ISC executives for professional services. The Federal False Claims Act is currently part of
RICO Civil Complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania and the
Third Circuit Court of Appeals, as docket no. 05-2288.
In 2005 Advanced Media Group/Project Hope filed a Civil Action in the Court of Common Pleas of
Lancaster County against Drew Anthon and the Eden Resort Inn for their attempts to withhold the
Tourism Tax and Hotel Tax that supports the Downtown Lancaster Convention Center & Marriot. We also
proposed an alternative plan to move the Convention Center to the Hotel Brunswick and Lancaster
Square to all of the major stakeholders. The Lancaster County Convention Center is finally under
construction with a March 2009 Opening date.
In 2005 I was selected to attend the Clinton Global Initiative in New York City after submission of
an essay with and application. I received the invitation from Bruce R. Lindsey, Chief Executive Officer of
the William J. Clinton Foundation.
In 2005 I began our philanthropic endeavors by spending our energies and working with such
organizations as; ONE.org, Livestrong.org, WoundedWarriors.org, The Clinton Global Initiative,
Lancaster Convention Center Authority, Lancaster Chamber of Commerce, Toms Project Hope, People to
People International, GlobalWarming.org, Contact Lancaster/24 Hour Suicide Hotline, Schreiber Pediatric
Center, and numerous others.
In 2004 I embarked on our past endeavors in the music and entertainment industries with an emphasis
on assisting for the fair and equitable distribution of artists rights and royalties in the fight against
electronic piracy. We have attempted to assist in developing new business models to address the
convergence of physical and electronic mediums; as it displaces royalties and revenues for those
creating, promoting, and delivering a range of entertainment content via wireless networks.
In 2000 to 2002 I developed an array of marketing and communication tools for wholesalers of the
AIM Investment Group and managed several communication programs for several of the company
wholesalers throughout the United States and Costa Rica. We also began a Day Trading project that
lasted until 2004 with success.
In 1999 I developed a comprehensive business plan to develop the former Sprecher Brewery, known as
the Excelsior Building on E. King Street, in Lancaster, Pennsylvania. This plan was developed in
conjunction with the Comprehensive Economic Development Plan for the Revitalization of Downtown
Lancaster and the Downtown Lancaster Convention Center for the former Watt & Shand building.
In 1999 I contributed to the debate, research, and implementation of strategies to counter the effects
of the global Y2K threat to the worlds computer technologies. I attended the U.S. Sponsored Y2K
symposium and Conference in Washington, D.C. hosted by the Senate Y2K Subcommittee and Senator
William Bennett.
In 1998 I had began to administer the charity giving of Toms Project Hope, a non-profit organization
promoting education and awareness for mental illness and suicide prevention. We had provided funding
for the Mental Health Alliance of Lancaster County, Contact Lancaster (The 24/7 Suicide Prevention
Hotline), The Schreiber Pediatric Center, and other charitable organizations and faith based charities.
The video "Numbers Don't Lie" have been distributed to schools, non profit organizations, faith based
initiatives, and municipalities to provide educational support for the prevention of suicide and to bring
awareness to mental illness problems.
In 1996 I had done consulting for companies under KAL, Inc., during the time that I was controller of
Pflumm Contractors, Inc., I was retained by Gallo Rosso Restaurant and Bar to computerized their
accounting and records management from top to bottom. I had also provided consulting for the
computerization of accounting and payroll for Lancaster Container, Inc., of Washington Boro. I was
retained to evaluate and develop an action plan to migrate the Informations Technologies of the Jay
Group, formally of Ronks, PA, now relocated to a new $26 Million Dollar headquarters located in West
Hempfield Township of Lancaster County. The Jay Group had been using IBM mainframe technologies
hosted by the AS 400 computer and server. I was consulting on the merits of migrating to a PC based
real time networking system throughout the entire organization. Currently the Jay Group employees
some 500 employees with revenues in excess of $50 Million Dollars per year.
In 1993 I was retained by Pflumm Contractors, Inc., as controller, and was responsible for saving the
company from a potential bankruptcy. At that time, due to several unpaid contracts, the company was
facing extreme pressure from lenders and the bonding insurance company. We were responsible for
implementing computerized accounting, accounting and contract policies and procedures, human
resource policies and procedures, marketing strategies, performance measurement reporting, and
negotiate for the payment of unpaid contracts. The bonding company was especially problematic, since
it was the lifeline to continue work and bidding for public contracts. The Bank of Lancaster County
demanded a complete accounting of the operations in order to stave off a default on the notes and loans
it was holding. We essentially revamped the entire operation. Within 3 years, the company realized an
increase in profits of 3 to 4 times its previous years, and record revenues.
In 1991 I was elected to People to People International and the Citizen Ambassador Program, which
was founded by President Dwight D. Eisenhower in 1956. The program was founded to To give
specialists from throughout the world greater opportunities to work together and effectively
communicate with peers, The Citizen Ambassador program administers face-to-face scientific, technical,
and professional exchanges throughout the world. In 1961, under President John F. Kennedy, the State
Department established a non-profit private foundation to administer the program. We were scheduled
to tour the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe to discuss printing and publishing technologies with
scientists and technicians around the world.
In 1990 I had worked on developing voice recognition systems for the governments technology think
tank - NIST (National Institute for Standards & Technology). I co-authored the article Escaping the Unix
Tar Pit with a scientist from NIST that was published in the magazine DISC, then one of the leading
publications for the CD-ROM industry. Today, most all call centers deploy that technology whenever you
call an 800 number, and voice recognition is prevalent in all types of applications involving
telecommunications.
In 1989 I had founded Advanced Media Group, Ltd., and was one of only 5 or 6 U.S. domestic
companies that had the capability to manufacture CD-ROM's. We did business with commercial
companies, government agencies, educational institutions, and foreign companies. I performed services
and contracts for the Department of Defense, NASA, National Institution of Standards & Technology
(NIST), Department of Defense, The Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), and the
Defense Mapping Agency, Central Intelligence Agency, (CIA), IBM, Microsoft, AMP, Commodore
Computers, American Bankers Bond Buyers, and a host of others. I also was working with R.R,
Donnelly's Geo Systems, which was developing various interactive mapping technologies, which is now a
major asset of Map Quest. Map Quest is the premier provider of mapping software and applications for
the internet and is often used in delivering maps and directions for Fortune 500 companies. We had
arranged for High Industries to sell American Helix, the manufacturer of compact discs, to R.R. Donnelly.
We had brokered a deal and the executives from Donnellys Chicago headquarters flew to Lancaster to
discuss the deal and perform due diligence of the manufacturing facility located in the Greenfield
Industrial Park.
In 1987 Power Station Studios of New York and Tony Bongiovi retained me as executive producer
of a motion picture project. The theatrical and video release was to be delivered in a digital format; the
first of its kind. We had originated the marketing for the technology, and created the concept for the
Power Station Digital Movie System (PSDMS), which would follow the copyright and marketing formula
of the DOLBY technology trademark.
We had also created and developed marketing and patent research for the development and
commercialization of equipment that we intended to manufacture and market to the recording industry
featuring the digital technology. Sidel, Gonda, Goldhammer, and Abbot, P.C. of Philadelphia was the lead
patent law firm that We had retained for the project. Power Station Studios was the brainchild of Tony
Bongiovi, a leading engineering genius discovered by Motown when he was 15. Tony and Power Station
Studios was one of the leading recording studios in the country, and were responsible for developing Bon
Jovi, a cousin. Power Station Studios clients included; Bruce Springsteen, Diana Ross, Cyndi Lauper,
Talking Heads, Madonna, The Ramones, Steve Winwood, and many others. Tony and Power Station
Studios had produced the original Sound Track for the original Star Wars motion picture. It was
released for distribution and was the number one Sound Track recording of its time.
Tony Bongiovi was also active in working and researching different aerospace technologies. * We had
developed and authored a Joint Venture Proposal for SONY to partner with us in delivering the Digital
Movie and its related technologies to the marketplace. The venture was to include the commercialization
of technologies, which Tony Bongiovi had developed for the recording industry simultaneously with the
release of the Digital Movie.
I also created the concept for the PSDMS trademark, which was to be the Trademark logo for the
technology, similar to the DOLBY sound systems trademark. The acronyms stand for the Power Station
Digital Movie System. Today, DVD is the mainstay for delivering digital movies on a portable medium, a
compact disc.
In 1987 I had a created and developed FMG Mortgage Banking, a company that was funded by a major
banking firm in Houston Texas. We had the capability to finance projects from $3 to $100 million dollars.
Our terms and rates were so attractive that we had quickly received solicitations from developers across
the country. We were also very attractive to companies that wanted to raise capital that include both
debt and equity. Through my company, FMG, we could raise equity funding through private placements,
and debt funding through FMG Mortgage Banking. We were retained by Gamillion Studios of Hollywood,
California to secure financing of their postproduction Film Studio that was looking to relocate to North
Carolina. We had secured refinancing packages for Norris Boyd of and the Olde Hickory and were in the
midst of replacing the current loan that was with Commonwealth National Bank. We had meetings and
discussions with Drew Anton of the Eden Resort, for refinancing a portion of his debt portfolio. We were
quickly seeking commitments for real estate deals from New York to California. We also had a number of
other prominent local developers seeking our competitive funding, including Owen Kugal, High
Industries, and the Marty Sponougle a partner of The Fisher Group (owner of the Rt. 30 Outlets). We
were constantly told that our financing packages were more competitive than local institutions.
In 1986 I had founded Financial Management Group, Ltd (FMG); a large financial services organization
comprised of a variety of professionals operating in one location. We had developed a stock purchase
program for where everyone had the opportunity for equity ownership in the new firm. FMG had
financial planners, investment managers, accountants, attorneys, realtors, liability insurance services,
tax preparers, and estate planners operating out of our corporate headquarters in Lancaster. In one
year, we had 24 people on staff, had approximately 12 offices in Pennsylvania, and
several satellite offices in other states. We had in excess of $50 million under management, and our
advisors were generating almost $4 million of commissions, which did not include the fees from the
other professionals. We had acquired our own Broker Dealer firm and were valued at about $3 to $4
million.
In 1985 I developed the Easter Regional Free Agent Camp, the first Free Agent Camp for the
Professional Football industry; which was videotaped for distribution to the teams scouting departments.
(See Washington Post page article of March 24, 1985) Current camps were dependant on the team
scouts to travel from state to state looking for recruits. We had developed a strategy of video taping the
camp and the distributing a copy, free of charge to the teams, to all of the scouting departments for
teams in all three leagues FL, CFL and WFL. My brother was signed at that camp by the Ottawa
Roughriders of the CFL, and went on to be a leading receiver while J.C. Watts was one of the leagues
most prominent quarterbacks. My brother also played 2 years with the Miami Dolphins while Dan Marino
was starting quarterback. We were a Certified Agent for the National Football League Players
Association. Gene Upshaw, the President of the NFLPA had given me some helpful hints for my camp,
while we were at a Conference for agents of the NFL. The Washington Post wrote a full-page article
about our camp and associated it with other camps that were questionable about their practices.
Actually, that was the very reason for our camp. We had attended many other camps around the
country that were not very well organized and attracted few if any scouts. We had about 60 participants,
with one player coming from as far away as Hawaii. We held the camp at Lancaster Catholic, with a
professional production company filming the entire camp, while I did the editing and produced the video.
The well respected and widely acclaimed professional football scout, Gil Brandt, of the Dallas Cowboys,
had given me support for my camp during some conversations We had with him and said he looked
forward to reviewing the tapes for any hopeful recruits.
In 1985 I was elected Vice President of the Central Pennsylvania Chapter of the International
Association of Financial Planners, and helped build that chapter by increasing membership 3to 4 times.
We had personally retained the nationally acclaimed and nationally syndicated Financial Planner, Ms.
Alexandria Armstrong of Washington D.C.; to host a major fundraiser. More than 150 professionals
attended the dinner event that was held at the Eden Resort & Conference Center. Ms. Armstrong
discussed financial planning and how all of the professions needed to work together in order to be most
effective for their clients. We attracted a wide variety of professionals including; brokers, lawyers,
accountants, realtors, tax specialists, estate planners, bankers, and investment advisors. Today, it has
become evident that financial planning was the way of the future. In 1986 executives approached us
from Blue Ball National Bank to help them develop a Financial Planning department within their bank.
In 1984 I had helped to develop strategic planning for Sandy Weill, former President of Citi Group (the
largest banking entity in the U.S). We were one of several associates asked to help advise on the future
of Financial Planning and how it would impact the brokerage and the investment industry at large. Mr.
Weil was performing due diligence for the merger of American Express and IDS (Investors Diversified
Services). We were at that time a national leader in the company in delivering Fee Based Financial
Planning Services, which was a new concept in the investment community and mainstream investors.
That concept is now widely held by most investment advisers.
Stan J. Caterbone, Pro Se Litigant

1250 Fremont Street
Lancaster, PA 17603
scaterbone@live.com
717-669-2163
ACTIVE COURT CASES

J.C. No. 03-16-90005 Office of the Circuit Executive, United States Third Circuit Court of
Appeals - COMPLAINT OF JUDICIALMISCONDUCT OR DISABILITY re 15-3400 and 16-1149
U.S.C.A. Third Circuit Court of Appeals Case No. 16-1149;15-3400; 16-1001; 07-4474
U.S. District Court Eastern District of PA Case No. 15-03984; 14-02559; 05-2288; 06-4650
Superior Court of Pennsylvania Case No. 1561 MDA 2015; 1519 MDA 2015
Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas Case No. 08-13373; 15-10167; 06-03349, CI-06-03401
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for The Eastern District of Pennsylvania Case No. 16-10157
Stan J. Caterbone
1250 Fremont Street
Lancaster, PA 17603
scaterbone@live.com
717-669-2163
October 10, 2015
Federal Whistleblower
and
Targeted Individual (Victim)
of U.S. Sponsored Mind Control
Executive Summary
Updated on October 10, 2015
I remain,
Stan J. Caterbone
PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL: Stan J. Caterbone, Pro Se Litigant, and the Advanced Media
Group are victims of U.S. Sponsored Mind Control and has been engaged in litigation in both
Federal and State courts seeking financial remedies and a resolution of his Civil Liberties and
his Constitutional Rights. In 1987 Stan J. Caterbone, while managing the financial firm the he
founded, Financial Management Group, Ltd., Stan J. Caterbone became a Federal Whistleblower
when, as a shareholder, he claimed fraud and misconduct within the international arms dealer
and local start-up International Signal & Control, Plc., Some 4 years later ISC was indicted and
plead guilty to the 3rd largest fraud in U.S. history, some $1 Billion and selling arms to Irag via
South Africa. In June of 2015 Stan J. Caterbone became the Movant in the U.S. District Court
for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania case No. 5:14-cv-02559-PD for the Habeus Corpus
Petition of Lisa Michelle Lambert. The case is now before the U.S. Third Circuit Court of
Appeals, Case No. 15-3400.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page11
11
10
11
111
11
of
of
ofof
of 51
51
of
50
51
4151
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016

ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP, LTD.,
&
STAN J. CATERBONE
Federal Whistleblower (Federal False Claims Act Violation in 1987 re ISC)
Targeted Individual of U.S. Sponsored Mind Control
and Directed Energy Devices and Weapons
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
copyright 2009
Ya know what, I am beginning to analyze this War on Terror and am having difficulty understanding
it all. To me the most effective fundamental fight against Extreme Terrorism is to reduce the motive; or the
Hatred Against America. No one seems to talk about that subject. How do we reduce that Hatred Towards
America and the West?
See, from my perspective, my situation is very disturbing. I mean we have the United States Torturing Me, a
U.S. Citizen for no good or valid reason. I have warned EVERYONE about using my situation to feed this
HATRED towards America.
Low and behold a week or so ago I have had several Muslims sign up as Followers to my
www.scribd.com/amgroup01 online webspace, which I use to post documents. The following being the most
prominent IKWAN Scope, "The Largest Muslim Brotherhood's Scope on the Web":
http://ikhwanscope.net/main/
There have also been several Muslim individuals who signed up as followers around the same time, a week
or so ago. They have also signed up as followers on my www.twitter.com/StanCaterbone webspace.
You must understand, I am a VERY Patriotic Person and live a very patriotic life - I believe in the
U.S. Constitution and Our Founding Father's vision for America; I support Our Military and our
Troops; I believe in the Rule of Law; I am a Practicing Catholic, and have been my whole life; I
Believe in the TRUTH; I believe in Right v. Wrong; Good v. Evil; and finally I believe in God. What
do you believe in?
Posted on the Yahoo Fulton Bank Stock Message Board, January 7, 2010
Date Updated: October 10, 2015

Date Completed: July 28, 2009
Date Initiated: July 8, 2009
Stan J. Caterbone
Advanced Media Group
scaterbone@live.com
www.amgglobalentertainmentgroup.com
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page12
12
11
12
212
12
of
of
ofof
of 51
51
of
50
51
4151
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
UDATE OF SEPTEMBER 27, 2015
In 2015 Stan J. Caterbone and Advanced Media Group had to again return to local,
state, and federal courts. Again the obstruction of due process, the local gang stalking, torture,
trespass, thefts, and the like began in earnest. From the fabricated Petition for Involuntary
Psychiatric Commitment of April 2010 by Detective Clark Bearinger, until January of 2015, Stan J.
Caterbone and Advanced Media Group had been in seclusion and in a state of rehabilitation and
rest due to the forced medication by Fairmount Behavioral Hospital and Dr. Silvia Gratz. The
psychotropic drugs reduce your motor skills and put you in an extreme state of confusion. By
the end of the summer of 2010 every social media site, including the
www.amgglobalentertainmentgroup.com website was taken off-line due to the intimidation and
coercion by Detective Clark Bearinger.
In May Stan J. Caterbone had again endured the Attacks and Torture from the
employees of the Lancaster County Courthouse, and the Lancaster County Government Building.
Then soon after the Residents of Lancaster County engaged in a massive Organized Stalking
Campaign. In addition an extreme Computer Hacking Campaign was initiated and executed in
an effort to again SILENCE Stan J. Caterbone and Advanced Media Group. And Again, the
Lancaster City Police Department took the lead role. As usual Stan J. Caterbone summoned state
and federal authorities for help and assistance, including direct communications with the White
House, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Pennsylvania Attorney General's Office and
Kathleen Kane, The Pennsylvania State Police, the Pennsylvania General Assembly, several U.S.
Congressmen, and of course the Lancaster County District Attorney's Office. Since August 1,
2015 the Geek Squad had performed diagnostics and repairs six (6) times due to computer
hacking. On at least 2 occasions the entire hard drive had to be wiped clean and restored.
On June 23, 2015 Stan J. Caterbone was named MOVANT in the 2014 Habeus
Corpus Petition by Lisa Michelle Lambert, Case No. 14:02559 in the U.S. District Court
for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania after filing an Amicus on the case. Judge Paul
Diamond was presiding since it's filing in 2014. However, the Petition was not able to
be granted and the case was stalled on jurisdictional law based on new and compelling
evidence, or lack there of. The Amicus was filed to cure that deficiency with direct
witness corroboration to the Prosecutorial Misconduct and Innocence of Lisa Michelle
Lambert. In fact a working theory was filed that suggested that the East Lampeter
Police Department engaged in a strategy of Entrapment that lead to the unfortunate
murder in 1991. This, would of course, allow a wrongful death claim to be filed by the
Show family. The case is now before the Third Circuit Court of Appeals, Case No. 15-
3400. There are three (3) questions that the Third Circuit may rule on; whether to free
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page13
13
12
13
313
13
of
of
ofof
of 51
51
of
50
51
4151
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Lisa Michelle Lambert, or grant her her Habeus Corpus, and whether to grant Summary
Judgment to Stan J. Caterbone in all civil actions in both state and federal courts.
Two weeks later, on July 9, 2015, Detective Clark Bearinger filed another fabricated
Petition for Involuntary Psychiatric Commitment. And again Stan J. Caterbone endured 7 days in
the Fairmount Behavioral Hospital in Philadelphia. However, this time there was no
MANDATORY Treatment Program Ordered by the Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas.
So Stan J. Caterbone continued filing in the courts for assistance and resolution. In August, in a
desperate attempt to stop the local torture campaign, another Emergency Injunction was filed in
the Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas. On August 6, 2015 Stan J. Caterbone went so far
as to undertake a Professional Polygraph Test administered by Bonnie Lee of Polygraph Solutions
of West Chester, Pennsylvania. The test ended up being 4 grueling hours of torture and a scam of
$600.00.
On July 9th , 2015 a Private Criminal Complaint was filed against Detective Clark Bearinger,
Officer Williams, Officer Binderup, and 2 unidentified patrolman. The Complaint contained
allegations of torture and abuse at every moment of contact. The Lancaster City Police
Department were so desperate for retaliation from the Amicus filing in the Lisa Michelle Lambert
case, that they actually broke the door in of 1250 Fremont Street in order to execute the
fabricated 302 petition. The Complaint was denied by the Lancaster County District Attorney on
August 8th . The Complaint is now under a Petition for Review by the Lancaster County Court of
Common Pleas.
On August 17, 2015 another Emergency Injunction for Relief was filed in the Lancaster
County Court of Common Pleas, Case No. 15-06985. The Injunction was heard by Judge Jeffrey
Wright, who dismissed it as frivolous. An appeal, MD 1561, is pending in the Superior Court of
Pennsylvania.
In addition, by September 26, 2015 Stan J. Caterbone had been granted Electronic Filing
Privileges in the local, state, and federal courts. This should alleviate the fraud and abuses of the
U.S. Postal Service and the computer hackers.
In 2015 Stan J. Caterbone identifies a trend that suggests that the Lancaster County
community-at-large was subject to either community targeting or community hypnosis. The
community targeting theory is supported by experts Jullianne McKinney, Cheryl Welsh, and Dr.
John Hall. The community hypnosis theory is supported by direct personal relationships with the
Amazing Kreskin, Samuel P. Caterbone and Stan J. Caterbone.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page14
14
13
14
414
14
of
of
ofof
of 51
51
of
50
51
4151
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
In September of 2015 Stan J. Caterbone begins to digitize a library of approximately 45
audio cassette tapes from his father, Samuel P. Caterbone. The tapes range in date from 1971 to
1996. The tapes prove an identical targeting campaign against both Samuel P. Caterbone and
Stan J. Caterbone. In addition the tapes confirm that Steven P. Caterbone, brother of Stan J.
Caterbone, was most likely a target dating back to the early 1960's. In addition, the death of
Samuel P. Caterbone on July 20, 2001 was confirmed to be that of murder, not natural causes.
In the early 1990's Dr. Phillip Caterbone, brother, had been solicited by the National
Institute of Health, or NIH in Washington, D.C., for a fellowship to research and catalog a study to
find a genetic marker for depression in the CATERBONE family. Phil interviewed all living
descendants and relatives of my father, Samuel P. Caterbone, Jr., and took blood samples. I am
alleging that this was a deliberate act to continue the cover story of mental illness to distract and
provide plausible deniability for any linkage to U.S. Sponsored Mind Control.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page15
15
14
15
515
15
of
of
ofof
of 51
51
of
50
51
4151
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
HISTORY
In 1987 Stan J. Caterbone went public with allegations of fraud within International Signal
and Control, or ISC as they were commonly referred. After discussions with ISC and United
Chem Con officials (an ISC/James Guerin straw company), and as a shareholder of record since
1983 of ISC, Stan J. Caterbone had a meeting with an ISC executive on June 23, 1987, which
resulted in a 22 year legal odyssey. The discussions involved a joint venture with his company,
Financial Management Group, Ltd., or FMG, Ltd., but ended in disclosure of his recent public
allegations of fraud. Four years later, ISC founder and chairman James Guerin, and other officials
and companies pleaded guilty to a $1 Billion Dollar Fraud and export violations including the
selling of arms through South Africa to Iraq and Sadaam Hussein. However, money, power,
influence and public corruption had been used to cover-up the activities and Federal False Claims
Act violations of Stan J. Caterbone for the next eighteen years. There ensued a total blockade of
all United States Courts for all redress and remedy available in accordance with federal, state, and
local laws. This included recovery of his business interests; intellectual property; real estate;
personal and business real property; his unblemished and impressive reputation; and his most
valuable asset - the ability to produce income. This might be legally referred to as the Right-To-
Work under federal statutes. Notwithstanding, Stan J. Caterbone has never made a bad
investment or developed a business that did not make a profit over the next 22 years. This
includes two real estate properties that were illegally seized through foreclosure proceedings.
Since 1987 Stan J. Caterbone has been a prisoner and enemy of the state. ISC was a
Department of Defense (DOD) Contractor and a partner with United States Intelligence Agencies
since it's beginings in the early 1970's. One of it's first contracts was Project X with the National
Security Agency or NSA of Ft. Meade, Maryland.
In summary, the following are facts and part of the public record regarding INTERNATIONAL
SIGNAL & CONTROL OR ISC:
Once the third (3rd) largest employer in the County of Lancaster, Pennsylvania, with
over 5,000 employees.
James Guerin, founder and CEO was once the largest philanthropist to charitable
organizations in the County of Lancaster, Pennsylvania.
The ISC/Ferranti Scandal was the third (3) largest white-collar fraud within the United
States as of 1992.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page16
16
15
16
616
16
of
of
ofof
of 51
51
of
50
51
4151
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
The following are some of the public officials and politicians associated with ISC:
George H.W. Bush, former U.S. President, and Director of the Central Intelligence
Agency (CIA).
Robert Gates, former Director of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and current
Secretary of Defense.
Bobby Ray Inman, former Board of Directors if ISC, former Director of the NSA, and
currently associated and directly involved with Mind Control Research organizations.
Alexander Haig, former U.S. Secretary of State, and ISC lobbyist and Board of
Directors?
Joseph McDade, former Pennsylvania House of Representative and Chair of the

Appropriations Committee who was later investigated for the United Chem Con
scandal.
Carlos Cardoen/Cardoen Industries, a joint venture partner with ISC and arms
merchant for the cluster bomb who eventually sold to Iraq and other Middle Eastern
Countries under U.S. sanctions.
ISC was credited with the design of the cluster bomb, and has patents filed in the U.S.
Patent Office.
In 1987 ISC completed the merger with the 3rd largest defense contractor of Great
Britain, Ferranti International; who paid $1 billion dollars for ISC and all of it's
subsidiaries.
ABC News/Financial Times aired 3 episodes on ABC Nightline with Ted Koppel
regarding the ISC/CIA defense weapons; technologies; and cluster bombs to Iraq
story and lead into the allegations that then nominee for the Director of CIA Robert
Gates was involved with ISC and the selling of arms to Iraq.
ABC News 20/20 aired a story on the ISC/CIA efforts to sell cluster bombs to Saadam
Hussein and Iraq on February 1, 1991 days after the start of the Persian Gulf War I,
with the initial bombing raid destroying a cluster bomb factory built in Iraq by
Carlos Cardoen.
On July 1st and 2nd of 1987 Stan J. Caterbone solicited the legal counsel of Lancaster
Attorney Joseph Roda for counsel regarding, FMG, Ltd., International Signal &
Control (ISC); Commonwealth Bank, etc., and was billed for his services. Joseph
Roda did absolutely nothing but refute Stan J. Caterbone's claims and would not
believe him.
In Clark v. Guerin (CI-1990-0074 Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas),

Lancaster Attorney Joseph Roda represented William Clark, ISC's in-house legal
counsel, and never mentioned any conflict to Stan J. Caterbone in 1987.
In Clark v. Guerin (CI-1990-0074 Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas), James

Guerin deposited $1.75 million dollars into an escrow account at Fulton Bank,
Lancaster, County.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page17
17
16
17
717
17
of
of
ofof
of 51
51
of
50
51
4151
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Christopher Underhill of Harman, Underhill & Brubaker, represented James
Guerin. In 2005 Christopher Underhill represented the Manheim Township Police
Department (05-cv-2288 U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of
Pennsylvania) CATERBONE v. Lancaster County Prison, et. al.,.

Philadelphia Attorney Joseph Tate represented James Guerin and ISC, and in 2007
Joseph Tate represented Scooter Libby during his federal prosecution by U.S.
Special Prosecutor Fitzpatrick.
THE MANIFEST OF A COVER-UP
Not only did the allegations of fraud within ISC have to be silenced at a time when merger
negotiations were ongoing with Ferranti, but all of the fraud; extortion; public corruption;
burglaries; civil rights violations; anti-trust and intellectual property right violations; lender
liability torts; false arrests; false imprisonments; as well as other civil and criminal activities had
to be covered up and buried in bureaucratic red tape. Information and findings are still being
uncovered and discovered to this day. Contrary to popular belief, up until 1996 a grand jury
investigation into ISC was still ongoing. It is not known whether it has closed or not. All of these
activates constitute a RICO crime due to the pattern and organization of the perpetrators. The
pattern and source of the activities can be traced back to 1987, with subgroups changing over
time, but still engaging in the same practices. The following plan of action was followed in order
to perpetrate the cover-up:
Totally discredit Stan(ley) J. Caterbone and any and all allegations in every way
possible.
Fabricate a history of mental illness.
Fabricate a criminal record.
Attach his character and honesty with rumors and propaganda.
Extort and maintain his net worth to $ zero or load him with debts.
Keep him out of any profession and or occupation when and where possible.
Totally isolate him and disenfranchise him from his friends, colleagues, and family
into a life of solitaire.
Somehow persuade the community of Lancaster County to buy into this plan of
action through money, favors, etc.,
Always keep attorneys and anyone remotely involved with the legal community
away at times when efforts for justice are pursued.
When attempts to enter the U.S. legal system arise, isolate, harass, and extort
any monies and/or possessions of value.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page18
18
17
18
818
18
of
of
ofof
of 51
51
of
50
51
4151
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Change the history of events and the truth.
THE COURTS AND THE UNITED STATES LEGAL SYSTEM
For 18 years, (from 1987 until 2005) it has always been fairly easy to keep these issues
from court dockets and judges. During these years Stan J. Caterbone had solicited at least
twenty attorneys, some from large firms with national recognition in their respective fields of
specialties. Attorneys from New York City to Santa Barbara and San Diego California were visited
and consulted as well as a group of ex FBI agents who specialized in white collar crime that are
now globally recognized. However, the money and influence of persons and entities that wanted
these issues silence always prevailed. The issues were so complex and convoluted, and involved
such high profile politicians and U.S. agencies, it was far easier to state that there was no case, or
their were no claims that would result in remedy or redress. Between the Republican Party and
the Department of Defense, the CIA and the NSA, there was not an attorney that could not be
influenced. The obstruction of justice and due process in this case is most likely unprecedented in
nature and in malice.
However in 2005 that all changed when Stan J. Caterbone appeared as a pro se litigant
representing himself, without any counsel, in the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of Pennsylvania in CATERBONE v. The Lancaster County Prison, et. al., or case no. 05-cv-
2288. This case is still not settled and has been withdrawn by plaintiff Stan J.
Caterbone in October of 2008 after a successful ruling in the U.S. Third Circuit Court of
Appeals (07-4474) in September of 2008. The case will be continued upon the security
of evidence and the cease and desist of obstruction of justice and due process. On May
16, 2005 at the Federal Courthouse in Philadelphia, Stan J. Caterbone filed the case under seal.
One week later in the United States Bankruptcy Court for Eastern Pennsylvania in Reading,
Pennsylvania, again appearing as pro se, Stan J. Caterbone filed a petition for protection under
the Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Code, in case no. 05-23059.
These acts of entering the United States legal system with these issues triggered yet
another round of attempts to keep these cases from the courts and judges - Organized Stalking
with Directed Energy Devices and Weapons, built on a foundation of mental telepathy or total
Mind Control.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page19
19
18
19
919
19
of
of
ofof
of 51
51
of
50
51
4151
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
REMOTE VIEWING; ORGANIZED STALKING; DIRECTED ENERGY DEVICES AND
WEAPONS.
Organized stalking and harassment began in 1987 following the public allegations of fraud
within ISC. This organized stalking and harassment was enough to drive an ordinary person to
suicide. As far back as the late 1980's Stan J. Caterbone knew that his mind was being read, or
"remotely viewed". This was verified and confirmed when information only known to him, and
never written, spoken, or typed, was repeated by others. In 1998, while soliciting the counsel of
Philadelphia attorney Christina Rainville, (Rainville represented Lisa Michelle Lambert in the Laurie
Show murder case), someone introduced the term remote viewing through an email. That was
the last time it was an issue until 2005. The term was researched, but that was the extent of the
topic. Remote Viewers may have attempted to connect in a more direct and continuous way
without success.
In 2005 the U.S. sponsored mind control turned into an all-out assault of mental
telepathy; synthetic telepathy; and pain and torture through the use of directed energy devices
and weapons that usually fire a low frequency electromagnetic energy at the targeted victim.
This assault was no coincidence in that it began simultaneously with the filing of the federal action
in U.S. District Court, or CATERBONE v. Lancaster County Prison, et. al., or 05-cv-2288. This
assault began after the handlers remotely trained Stan J. Caterbone with mental telepathy. The
main difference opposed to most other victims of this technology is that Stan J. Caterbone is
connected 24/7 with a person who declares that she is Interscope recording artist Sheryl Crow of
Kennett Missouri. Stan J. Caterbone has spent 3 years trying to validate and confirm this person
without success. Most U.S. intelligence agencies refuse to cooperate, and the Federal Bureau of
Investigation and the U.S. Attorney's Office refuse to comment. See attached documents for
more information.
In 2006 or the beginning of 2007 Stan J. Caterbone began his extensive research into
mental telepathy; mind control technologies; remote viewing; and the CIA mind control program
labeled MK ULTRA and it's subprograms.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 20
20
19
20
1020
20
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
FAMILY HISTORY
If you listen to the propaganda machine and the community of Lancaster County,
Pennsylvania, including professionals, the family history of Stan J. Caterbone goes something like
the following:
Father, Samuel Caterbone, Jr., Schizophrenic who ran out on his family
because of nervous breakdowns while trying to run a small dry cleaning
business. He traveled the world looking for the Blessed Mother Mary and
Space Aliens. He ended up living in government subsidized housing broke
and with a severe mental illness.
Brother, Samuel A. Caterbone, suffered from the very same illness has his
father, Schizophrenia, who finally killed himself trying to live in California.
Brother, Thomas W. Caterbone, suffered from the very same mental illness as
his brother, Stan J., Bipolar Mood Disorder, who ran a lawn business and
finally committed suicide at an early age.
Stan J. Caterbone, suffered from Bipolar Mood Disorder, or Manic Depression and
had a nervous breakdown in 1987 trying to compete in the financial services
industry. When he has his nervous breakdowns, he always threatens to sue
everyone in court and is deeply paranoid in thinking the whole world is
against him. He always spends all of his money during his fits of mania and
has delusions about his success as a businessman.
The Family History was formulated back in the 1960's when Samuel Caterbone, Jr.,
father of Stan J. Caterbone, became engaged in a black budget mind control program that began
during his service in the United States Navy as a radioman and air gunner. Samuel Caterbone,
Jr., was most likely a direct product of MK ULTRA or one of it's subprograms. His brother, Samuel
A. Caterbone, was most likely part of the LSD experiments of MK ULTRA. Stan J. Caterbone is
most likely part of a program sponsored by the Department of Defense Agencies, such as DARPA
or the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA). The facts of Stan J. Caterbone's intimate discussions
with both his father and brother over the years before they died, the totality of documents that
were preserved in their estate, including service records; letters; official court papers; high school
documents; and the like - all will prove that they were in fact part of MK ULTRA or one of it's
subprograms.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 21
21
20
21
1121
21
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
The following are the facts and the real record of the family history:
Samuel P. Caterbone, Jr., (Father) served in the Navy from 1943 to 1946 and
graduated with honors from Air Gunners School in Jacksonville, Florida. He was an exceptional
student/athlete while attending Lancaster Catholic High School, participating in the band as well
as sports. He was also his senior class secretary/treasurer. After the Navy, he went on to build a
successful dry cleaning business, which he is credited with inventing a filtration system for the
solvents. He also developed a very good investment in real estate along the Manheim Pike,
owning several properties. By his own writings and from his personal accounts to me, he was
definitely a remote viewer or data miner for some U.S. Agency with telepathic abilities. His
viewing is documented to have begun back in the early 1970's. He also suffered from organized
stalking, and was considered an enemy and prisoner of the state. Back in the 1960's, he was a
world traveler, this is documented by his passports. Samuel P. Caterbone, Jr., may have been a
covert carrier for someone in intelligence. Samuel P. Caterbone, Jr., had his mental health history
laced with electro shock therapy. Electro Shock Therapy Experiments is another subprogram of
MK ULTRA. In addition, and especially disturbing is his criminal record with the Lancaster City
Police Department and the Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas. In 1973 Samuel P.
Caterbone, Jr. was convicted of forging a 2 checks from the Caterbone Cleaners, Inc., checking
account. The one check to Joe the Motorists Store at the Manor Shopping Center was never
entered into evidence, it was for a total of $70.00. The other check was made out to Lancaster
Attorney James Coho for $200.00 with "divorce proceedings" written in the memo. This was his
only criminal record. Samuel P. Caterbone, Jr., was sentenced to one year probation by President
Judge William Johnstone. However, on August 29, 1973 after nine months, Judge Johnstone
wrote an ORDER releasing him from probation and ordering him to "leave the vicinity of the
County of Lancaster, Pennsylvania". The President Judge of Lancaster County Court of Common
Pleas literally threw my father out of Lancaster County for forging 2 checks from his own
corporation. In 1987 I was arrested for stealing my own files from my own company, Financial
Management Group, Ltd., You can research the life of Candy Jones and Kate O'Brien to learn more
on this topic. Samuel Caterbone, Jr., has left enough writings and documentation to know that his
life fits the model for targeted individuals, complete with economic ruin, isolation, disenfranchised
from family and friends, and of course a fabricated mental illness history. You can view most of
his record online. On or about May 18, 2001 Samuel P. Caterbone Jr., finally received an
inheritance from his mother's (Mary Caterbone) estate. The check was for some $70,000.00.
The estate was probated in November of 2000. Some two weeks later, on Memorial Day Weekend
of 2001, he had called me to come to New York City to help care for him. He was in perfect
health until this time. In a matter of six (6) weeks he had succumbed to lung cancer. As per
Julianne McKinney, former intelligence officer for the U.S. Army and victim activist of U.S.
Sponsored Mind Control, the weapons are lethal enough to kill and the one thing that I worry
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 22
22
21
22
1222
22
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
about is that of dying of cancer (paraphrase). There is no doubt now that my father's death was
a murder, not natural.
Samuel A. Caterbone, (Brother) served in the United States Air Force in 1968 to 1970.
In 1991, Stan J. Caterbone accused the United States Government of using his brother, Samuel
A. Caterbone for part of the LSD experiments on mind control, or MK ULTRA. A notarized letter of
October 23, 1991 was sent certified mail to the California Attorney General on the subject matter,
with a return letter from the California Attorney General on January 14, 1992. By his own
admission before his death, Samuel A. Caterbone disclosed to Stan J. Caterbone of the "bad LSD"
trips while in the Air Force. Since his death of December 25, 1984, Stan J. Caterbone and others
questioned the classification of suicide, and made allegations of foul play that was ultimately
responsible for his death. Finally in a meeting in Santa Barbara, California with the Santa Barbara
Public Guardian's Office, an office admitted that the death was more likely due to foul plan than
suicide. Samuel A. Caterbone was also an exceptional student and athlete while attending
Lancaster Catholic High School. After playing varsity football as a sophomore, he had an
unfortunate accident while deer hunting the following November. While in the woods in
Bellefonte, Pennsylvania, his hunting pants caught fire trying to stay warm. It left him in the
Lancaster General Hospital for months, going through painful skin grafts and isolation. The
hunting accident interrupted his athletic career and scared his legs for life. The Schizophrenia
diagnosis was a combination of LSD flashbacks and organized stalking and harassment.
Thomas P. Caterbone, (Brother) had an unfortunate transaction at Fulton Bank that set
a course of action that resulted in a suicide. Although diagnosed with Bipolar Disease and Manic
Depression -- embezzled and extorted monies were most likely the reason for his suicide in 1996.
Fulton Bank was involved in a fraud that took $72,000 from a real estate settlement closing and
lead to his total financial ruin and collapse in June of 1995. The funds were never recovered and
Fulton Bank is a defendant for a wrongful death claim in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Pennsylvania in CATERBONE v. Lancaster County Prison, et. al., 05-cv-2288.
FULTON BANK triggered a severe and lethal death blow to Thomas P. Caterbone, and as of this
day has refused to acknowledge any wrongdoing or remorse. Thomas P. Caterbone was also an
exceptional athlete. Playing for Lancaster Catholic High School, Franklin and Marshall College, the
Harrisburg Patriots, and even the Philadelphia Eagles. Tom also coached football at J.P. McCaskey
and Franklin and Marshall College. Thomas P. Caterbone had a very successful lawn and
landscaping business before joining forces with John DePatto of United Financial Services and
selling residential mortgages. John DePatto was the former head of Parent Bank, owned by
James Guerin and ISC. Parent Bank, owned by ISC also foreclosed on 2323 New Danville Pike,
Conestoga, Pennsylvania in 1988, which was owned by Stan J. Caterbone. Thousands of dollars
of equity was extorted in the process, despite still being short sold for a profit to Mr. Keith
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 23
23
22
23
1323
23
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Kirchner, an executive of Lancaster Newspapers and former graduate of Lancaster Catholic High
School.
Stan J. Caterbone is a remote viewer (at least one way in), is telepathic, and a
federal whistleblower with an exceptional entrepreneurial record in spite of all of his adversaries
and their assaults. In spite of the U.S. Sponsored mind control and torture, he has endured and
will prevail. Legally, Stan J. Caterbone has been able to preserve his claims, and progress his
legal challenges and claims through both the federal and state court system appearing pro se,
without the aid or expense of additional legal counsel. Some of his claims and briefs will most
likely be landmark decisions in years to come. Stan J. Caterbone was a 2-Sport MVP at Lancaster
Catholic High School, in both football and track. Stan J. Caterbone never received less than a B
grade in his four years of high school and had an 87+ average. Stan J. Caterbone excelled in
computer technologies, taking his first full term course in 1975, while in high school and
continuing into college at Millersville University, graduating with a degree in business
administration in 1980. Stan J. Caterbone excelled profoundly at building his companies, first
beginning with Financial Management Group, Ltd., then working with Tony Bongiovi of Power
Station Studios and the "Digital Movie"; then building Advanced Media Group, Ltd.. Over the
years, despite the illegal seizures and foreclosures, Stan J. Caterbone has amassed a portfolio of
impressive real estate deals that have always paid off in profits, no matter how or when they
were sold. The same was true of his businesses. Financial Management Group, Ltd., was a
$20,000 dollar investment in 1986 and was still sold for approximately $100,000 two years later,
despite the false arrests and the extortion of most of it's real value and equity.
The mental health history and the criminal records were completely fabricated, and a
close review and investigation into the actual court records and hospital records can prove that in
very short fashion. There are TWO (2) ways to quickly dispute the Mental Health History and
Record:
One - Review the word "Delusional; delusions; etc.,; every instance of the word
used by mental health professionals, and the false reports by friends and family were associated
with facts, and matters of the official record, the complete opposite of the meaning of the word
"delusional". And they still exist to this very day.
Two - Review the 3 Fabricated Suicide Allegations of the following dates: August
10(?), 1987 at Burdette Tomlin Hospital (Cape May County New Jersey); February 18th(?), 2005
by Kerry Egan and the Southern Regional Police Department; and July 19, 2009 for the 302
Commitment by the Lancaster City Police Department at Lancaster General Hospital.
The Criminal Record is very similar, since 1987 Stanley J. Caterbone has had 31 false
arrests; formal charges and convictions dismissed prior to court proceedings or won on summary
appeals in the County of Lancaster, Pennsylvania; most of which Stan J. Caterbone appearing as
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 24
24
23
24
1424
24
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
pro se (representing himself). These have resulted in civil complaints filed in 2008 in CATERBONE
v. The County of Lancaster, Pennsylvania in U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of
Pennsylvania.
THE PUBLIC RECORD

The Public Record is comprised of court filings and exhibits in U.S. Federal Courts;
Pennsylvania State Courts; and the Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas. In all some 40,000
pages of documents are now filed and electronically scanned or microfilmed in prothonotary
offices. In addition in both the U.S. Federal Courts and the Lancaster County Court of Common
Pleas there are more than 11 hours of audio recordings; some 3,000 scanned images; and
several video broadcasts of the ISC News broadcasts all stored on a CD-ROM and filed as an
exhibit to some of the law suits filed by Stan J. Caterbone and Advanced Media Group, as
plaintiffs. Stan J. Caterbone has over 100 court docket sheet numbers in federal, state, and local
courts.
There are also Pennsylvania Unemployment Compensation records; Department of Welfare

and Lancaster County Assistance Office records; Local Real Estate Tax records; Lancaster County
Tax Assessment records; Social Security Administration Benefits records; Lancaster Catholic High
School transcripts; Millersville University transcripts; all for Stan J. Caterbone, in addition to his
court filings.
For Samuel A. Caterbone, my brother, there are United States Air Force service
records; Lancaster Catholic High School transcripts; Millersville University transcripts; Social
Security Administration records; Santa Barbara County Guardian and Public Defender records;
and papers and documents persevered from his estate.
For Samuel P. Caterbone, my father, there are United States Naval records, Lancaster
Catholic High School transcripts; Social Security Administration records; Lancaster County
Assistance Office records; Local Real Estate Tax records; Lancaster County Tax Assessment
records; Samuel Caterbone Cleaners, Inc., corporate records; Real Estate Deeds and Mortgages;
Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas civil and criminal records; and of course papers and
documents persevered from his estate
PUBLIC WEBSITE ADDRESSES OF INTEREST:

www.freedomffchs.com
https://www.scribd.com
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 25
25
24
25
1525
25
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
DOCUMENTS ATTACHED FOR REVIEW
** It is important to note that as of this writing, Remote Viewing has recently
been commercialized by corporate America, and certain Fortune 500 companies are
using Remote Viewers as consultants for trend analysis and market forecasts. This is
often the evolution of most technologies born out of the U.S. Department of Defense.
Top Secret experiments and the resulting technological advancements can stay
secretive for so long. This has recently been used in a NBC story of the Television
drama "Medium" this last season. On July 9, 2008 I had recorded an AM radio live
broadcast on WHAN Coast to Coast with a guest that was one of the leading Physicist
turned Remote Viewer and expert that testified to this same notion.
Dated: July 28, 2009

Stan J. Caterbone
scaterbone@live.com
The following are no longer in service:
www.advancedmediagroup.wordpress.com
www.scribd.com/amgroup01
www.facebook.com/scaterbone
www.twitter.com/StanCaterbone
www.mcvictimsworld.ning.com/profile/StanJCaterbone
http://www.youtube.com/advancedmediagroup
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 26
26
25
26
1626
26
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
September 7, 2009
Stan J. Caterbone
Advance Media Group
1250 Fremont Street
Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17603
Derrick Robinson
Freedom From Covert Harassment and Surveillance
P.O. Box 9022
Cincinnati, Ohio 45209
Phone 1-800-571-5618
Fax 1-866-433-4170
email: info@freedomfchs.com
Re: Is County of Lancaster, Pennsylvania Ground Zero for Organized Stalking and
Covert Surveillance?
Derrick,
My pleasure. Derrick, I was trying to get group rates at our new Lancaster Convention Center
Marriot Hotel last week, just as a little fact finding mission. I have a theory that I would like to
send your way. I thought it would be very fruitful to bring some TI's together for a conference,
unless you think the exposure would be harmful.
I believe that they try new models for harassment; organized stalking and surveillance on me
here in Lancaster. Remember, Lancaster is now one of the most "Watched Communities" in the
country. "With those cameras, the Safety Coalition will operate and monitor 165 cameras across
Lancaster City making Lancaster the most watched city of its size in the nation." See article
attached, Watching you: City to add 105 more cameras.
I believe that Lancaster may be ground zero for some of the models of organized stalking and
harassment that we TI's experience and wanted to get some reaction from Lancaster. Some
history on the Lancaster Convention Center. Dale High of High Industries is the lead partner in our
new convention center/hotel. It is first class all the way. Now in the late 1980's I was a joint
venture partner with Dale High in American Helix Technology Company/Advanced Media Group.
American Helix was a cd manufacturer and I and my company Advanced Media Group was the
CD-ROM division of American Helix. I was one of a handful of CD-ROM manufacturers in the
domestic United States back then. Also in 2005 I filed a civil action against the lead hotel, the
Eden Resort Inn, for trying to block the development and building of the Hotel/Convention Center,
see attached.
Now, some history about Lancaster and the intelligence community. Back in the 1980's there were
several defense contractors located in Lancaster, the main being International Signal & Control,
which I, of course, blew the whistle on a billion dollar fraud and arms to Iraq.
Click here for an overview of ISC.
Click here to see the Lancaster Newspapers Archives regarding International Signal & Control, or
ISC.
Click here to view the live video of the WGAL-TV News Broadcast of October 31, 1991 the evening
of the ISC indictments. The U.S. Department of Justice and other U.S. Agencies held a Press
Conference in the Philadelphia Federal Courthouse to announce the indictments and $ Billion
Dollar Fraud.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 27
27
26
27
1727
27
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Click here for Part 2 of the WGAL-TV 8 Broadcast.

Now politically, Lancaster is and has always been predominately Republican. Lancaster is one of
the oldest cities in the country and our courthouse was one of the first in this country. Lancaster
has one of the oldest fraternities of the Masons. Lancaster and the George W.Bush administration
has a close and very "interesting relationship". George H. Bush had a very close relationship with
ISC, and of course the NSA and CIA all had a very "close" relationship with International Signal &
Control, or ISC. The following are some transcripts for Ted Koppel and ABC News Nightline
regarding ISC and Arms to Iraq and the intelligence community. The transcripts are contained in
my Amicus for Case No. 2006-cv-2160 filed in the Eastern District of Michigan, Southern Division.
Now, Robert Gates, presently the Secretary of the United States Defense Department, and his
relationship to Lancaster. First of all, the attached video is the authentic transcript of Robert
Gates' confirmation hearing in September of 1991 for the Director of the Central Intelligence
Agency (CIA). If you fast forward to approximately 9:00:00 you will see the back and forth
questions from Senator Murkowski to Robert Gates regarding the allegations by several members
of the U.S. Senate Select Committee on Intelligence regarding his alleged involvement with ISC
and the Arms deals with Carlos Cardoen and the shipping of cluster bombs through South Africa
and on to Iraq. Of course, he denied all of the allegations.
Robert Gates also has relatives that live in Lancaster County, if fact he attended a wedding here a
few months ago, on May 3, 2009 at St. John Neuman Catholic Church in Manhiem Township,
Lancaster County. His wife has a niece that lives in Manheim Township.
Now, I'll give you the ABC News Nightline May 23, 1991 excerpt regarding ISC and the NSA,
National Security Agency:
"It all started legally, if covertly, back in 1974. That's when the National Security Agency, a super-
secret U.S. Intelligence unit asked ISC to help complete project X, a chain of electronic listening
posts based at South Africa's Simonstown Naval Station. South Africa was using these posts to
follow Soviet submarine traffic off of the Cape of Good Hope. To ensure secrecy, ISC and the NSA
made sure shipments could not be tracked back to them. They created a company called Gamma
Systems Associates. In fact, this company was nothing more than a post office box at John F.
Kennedy Airport. Gamma was a cut-out. ... But this sanctioned covert operation was stopped in
1977 when President Carter, a strong opponent of South Africa's apartheid regime, told U.S. firms
to stop any military-related business with Pretoria. But ISC continue shipping electronics, some
civilian, some military, to South Africa. The in the early 1980's, South Africa began to intensify its
efforts at ballistic missile development. For ISC, that was a golden opportunity because on of its
top executives was a man named Clyde Ivey, an American electronics expert who has been the
father of South Africa's missile program. Ivey had extraordinary contacts in the nations defense
structure. Begining in 1984, federal investigators say, senior ISC exeutives, including Ivey, began
regular contacts with CIA officials." You can read the rest. The entire transcript of the May 23,
1991 ABC News/Nightline broadcast.
Now remember, George H. Bush was director of CIA. "He served in this role for 357 days, from
January 30, 1976 to January 20, 1977.[22] The CIA had been rocked by a series of revelations,
including those based on investigations by Senator Frank Church's Committee regarding illegal
and unauthorized activities by the CIA, and Bush was credited with helping to restore the
agency's morale.[23] In his capacity as DCI, Bush gave national security briefings to Jimmy
Carter both as a Presidential candidate and as President-elect, and discussed the possibility of
remaining in that position in a Carter administration[24] but it was not to be," according to
Wikipedia.
Now, lets get to Bobby Ray Inman, former Navy, Director of the National Security Agency (NSA),
former Director of International Signal & Control (ISC), and currently part of the Mind Control
industry. The following appears on the Welcome page of my website:
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 28
28
27
28
1828
28
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
"S.A.I.C. involvement in 1993 American Para psychological Association meeting arrangements, via
their 'Cognitive Sciences Laboratory'. Science Applications International Corporation is a big time
defense contractor, has held the largest number of research contracts of any defense contractor.
Bobby Ray Inman (ISC Board of Directors) is on its board of directors, among others."
by John Porter, CIA Program on Mind Control copyright 1996. In 1994, after Bobby Ray Inman
requested to be withdrawn from consideration as Bill Clinton's first Defense Secretary, his critics
speculated that the decision was motivated by a desire to conceal his links to ISC. Inman was a
member of the so-called "shadow board" of the company which was allegedly either negligent or
approved the exports." by Wikipedia on International Signal and Control, (ISC).
Now, lets list the former Navy personnel:

George H. Bush, former President of the United States, former Director of CIA.
James Guerin, President and Founder of International Signal & Control.
Bobby Ray Inman, former Director of the National Security Agency (NSA) and Director of
International Signal & Control, (ISC).
My father, Samuel P. Cateronne, Jr.
His father, Samuel J. Caterbone, Sr.
George Noory, of Coast to Coast Radio (just anecdotal, nothing assumed or alleged).
George W. Bush flew with the Navy.
James Cross
I will Finish later and add more.
Next we get to Jim Guerin's attorney back in 1989 through at least 1992. His name was Joseph
Tate, of Philadelpha. This link will take you to a document regarding Joseph Tate, James Guerin
and Joseph Roda, Esq., of Lancaster, my former attorney who said I fabricated everything back in
1987. The document contains a letter of September 12, 2005 from Special Prosecutor Patrick
Fitzgerald regarding Scooter Libby, Former Vice President Dick Cheney's Chief of Staff. the letter
involves Scooter Libby's Grand Jury Indictment for leaking Covert CIA Operative Valerie Plame
and eventually outing her.
Now in Austin Texas in July of 2005 I was detained by 2 Agents from The Defense Intelligence
Agency. I was merely visiting a Military Museum, that had old and vintage helicopters and
airplanes. near where my brother, Dr. Phillip Caterbone lived. I was visiting on my way to
California. While inside the museum 2 Agents from the Department of Defense Defense
Intelligence Agency escorted me outside to my Honda Oddesey and interrogated me making me
confirm that I was visiting and staying with my brother. They caused a problem for my brother's
Medical Practice by shaking up one of his secretaries. The reviewed my court documents for
CATERBONE v. Lancaster County Prison, et. al., Case No. 2005-cv-0288 filed in the U.S. District
Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The demanded that I stay off all military bases
before releasing me.
In 2006 I was telepathic with an older NSA executive on many occasions who wanted to meet me
at the Clipper Stadium who told me he wanted to rent a facility in Lancaster for a training
exercise. I told him to to and see Dale High and the High Group for space at the Greenfield
Industrial Park. He said he was retiring and that our discussions were keeping him a few weeks
longer than expected. We had intimate discussions of my history and the Chesapeake Bay Area.
We also discussed Sheryl Crow, and he told me his wife was a fan. I turned him on to her new
album, Wildflower, and he said she liked it. We had to disengage because he was being harassed
by other telepathic assailants.
My former secretary (Susan Bare) at Pflumm Contractors, Inc., where I was controller and was
hired to rescue the company from near bankruptcy in 1993, told me that her husband, Ross Bare,
who grew up just some 10 or so doors from me, worked for the NSA. She disclosed this soon
after I hired her in 1994 or 1995.
I will finish later and add to this allegation. This is a work-in-progress.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 29
29
28
29
1929
29
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Stan J. Caterbone
scaterbone@live.com
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 30
30
29
30
2030
30
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
AFFIDAVIT
BE IT ACKNOWLEDGED, that Stanley J. Caterbone, Financial Management Group, Ltd.,

FMG Advisory, and and all affiliates, Pro Financial Group, Ltd., Advanced Media Group, Advanced
Media Group, Ltd., Global Entertainment Group, Ltd., Power Productions I, Radio Science
Laboratories, Ltd., of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, the undersigned deponent, being of legal
age, does hereby depose and say under oath as follows:
I am now convinced that the situation surrounding my litigation and all factors attributed
to my financial and professional demise bore out of the fact that my Father, Samuel P. Caterbone
was a victim of U.S. Sponsored Mind Control, in the truest sense of the words. The
whistleblowing activities of 1987 either were a coincidence or I was set up in the very beginning
by Pennsylvania State Senator Gibson Armstrong (former stock broker) in 1983 when he solicited
me to purchase the ISC stock. The preceding would have been the perfect cover story for my
demise; that I was involved in a fraud. Following this analysis would lead one to conclude that
the collateral damage from the activities of my financial ruin always left my fellow businesses in
financial ruin, for example Robert Kauffman and Michael Hartlett, partners, and the shareholders
and affiliated professionals of Financial Management Group, Ltd., Tony Bongiovi and Power Station
Studios, Jim and Lynn Cross as Cross Microwave Consultants, Dave Dering, Scott Robertson, and
James Boyer as American Helix/High Industries, Ralph Mazzochi and Gallo Rosa Restaurant;
Pflumm Contractors, Inc., Mike Caterbone's AIM Wholesaler's Business, Dr. Phillip Caterbone, D.O.
And associated Primary Care Practices of Austin, Texas, Sam Lombardo and Ralph Mazzochi as
S.N. Lombardo Associates for Lancaster Avenue Project, Sheryl Crow Singer Songwriter, my
immediate family, friends, and relatives.
Following this analysis would lead one to concur that the legal and financial remedies
would only be reconciled by the above named parties enjoining my civil litigation. This AFFIDAVIT
is to be considered a legal and binding document to accomplish that remedy.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
31
31
21
30
31
31
31
of
of
ofof
51
51
of
41
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Saturday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
October
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
10,
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
32
32
31
32
32
32
of
of
ofof
51
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
33
33
32
33
33
33
of
of
ofof
51
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
34
34
33
34
34
34
of
of
ofof
51
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
scaterbone@live.com
Stan J. Caterbone
1250 Fremont Street
Lancaster, PA 17603
ILLEGAL NO TRESPASS NOTICES AGAINST

STAN J. CATERBONE AND ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP
Violations of Public Accommodations Law re Discrimination
and Anti-Trust Violations with False Statements to Authorities
July 16, 2016
Work-In-Progress
Community Stalking and Organized Libel/Slander Campaign Strategy Issue a few every
year to support false arrests; false imprisonment; fabricated mental illness history. In addition to
isolate by prohibiting entrance to major entertainment venues with good live music. Prohibit from
defending against the lies and slander in public to a minimum. Also, destroy history of strong
Christian values and church attendance on a weekly basis by keeping away from church. The
Millersville University Graduate Studies No Trespass Notice was accommodated by the denial of
entitled benefits of LETA Job Training Education Course of the Paralegal program at HACC during
the same time period.
1. David Pflumm Properties by David Pflumm Served by State Constable in June of

2005, original not signed by David Pflumm
2. Eden Resort Inn, by Drew Anthon, Owner Sent via 1st Class Mail in 2005.
3. Barley Snyder, LLC Lancaster Office, by Shawn Long, Esq., Attorney representing
Fulton Bank in 2006 Sent via 1st Class Mail
4. Lancaster Newspapers, Inc., by Steve Weaver, Manager in 2006, No Notice,
Corraborated by Jack Buckwalter, Chairman and CEO and George Warner, Atty with Barley
Snyder, LLC, No Formal Notice, allowed to reenter in 2015.
5. Ruby Tuesday, Manor Shopping Center, Lancaster, by Manager and Lancaster City
Police in 2006, No Formal Notice, allowed to reenter in 2015.
6. Alley Kat Restaurant and Bar, Lancaster by Bartender Ms. Santinello, Brett Stabley,
and Lancaster City Police, No formal Notice in 2006
7. Village Nightclub, Lancaster by George in 2008, No Formal Notice
8. Marion Court Restaurant, Lancaster, by Security Personnel, corroborated by Michael
Geesey, in 2008, No Formal Notice, allowed to enter in 2015.
9. Valentinos Cafe, Lancaster, by Jeanine, Bartender,in 2008, corroborated by John
Valentino, Owner, No Formal Notice
10. Brunswick Hotel, Lancaster, by Staff Employees, in 2008, No Formal Notice
11. Lancaster County Library and Duke Street Business Center, by Executive Director in
March of 2009, by 1st Class Mail
12. Anne Bailey's Restaurant and Bar, Lancaster, by Manager in 2009, No Formal Notice
13. Millersville University Graduate Studies and Millersville University, Millersville, by
Lori Austin, Judicial Affairs, via Certified Mail in June of 2009.
14. TGIF Friday's, Lancaster, by Manager, in January of 2010, No Formal Notice

15. Lucky Dog Restaurant and Bar, Lancaster, by Robert Donnelly, in January of 2010, No
Formal Notice
16. Saint Mary's Catholic Church, Lancaster, by Don Spica, Usher and Lancaster City Police
Department in Feb of 2010, No Formal Notice
17. O'Halloran's Bar, Lancaster, March 25, 2010 by Male Staff Employee. No Formal Notice.
18. Fulton Bank, Fulton Financial Corporation, March 26, 2010 by Susan Follmer, Security
Officer.
19.Lancaster General Hospital, Gary S. Gehman, MD, May 25, 2010, for recording Dr. Brian
Sullivan of Abbeyville Family Health re U.S. Sponsored Mind Control and posting on my
Wordpress Blog.
20.Tobias Frog Restaurant and Bar, August 8, 2015 by Owner of Establishment, reason
was for complaining of harassment and stalking.
21. Millersville University, July 9, 2015, served notice by Millersville University Police
Chief Pete Anders, for negotiating a civil rights complaint with Assistant to the President,
Debra Hoeckler
22.Village Nightclub, July of 20015, by George..........., Owner, tried to enter several times,
with no reason and no written notice.
23.Lucky Dog Bar, August of 2015, met Abby and Keagan Pflumm outside, went inside and
was told by bartender to leave and not come back.
24.Barley Snyder, LLC Lancaster Office, receptionist Ms. Woods refused to let me
communicate with Attorney George Werner, who in 2011 entered appearance in 05-2288
for Fulton Bank in U.S. District Court.
25.Wennerstrom Property Management Company, June 2015, went to complain
regarding harassment, threats, etc., at 1252 Fremont Street and told to leave building.
26.Pennsylvania Liquor Control Board, Northwest Office Building, November 23, 2015,
Harrisburg, PA, Delivered COMPLAINT re Bars and Restaurants in Lancaster engaged in
Discrimination, Stalking, Harassment, Assaults, etc., Would not allow access to Legal
Counsel, and female who took complaint would not provide ID.
27.Southeast Medical Facilities and Brightside Church Office, February 2016, Would not
issue pain medication and filed a Private Criminal Complaint with the Lancaster County
District Attorney, no opinion as of yet.
28.Pennsylvania Attorney General's Office in Strawberry Square, Harrisburg, PA I
arbitrarily received a phone call while delivering a CD-ROM to PA Attorney General Kathleen
Kane re CORRUPTION OF JUDICIAL, LAW ENFORCEMENT, AND POLITICIANS of
Pennsylvania.
29.U.S. Federal Facilities per the National Security Agency Interrogation of March 9, 2016
at the NSA Headquarters in Ft. Meade, Maryland. Handcuffed and Interrogated for over an
hour and finally let go and told not to continue on to Washington, D.C. And said I was no
longer permitted to visit any U.S. Federal Facilities.
30.Lancaster Newspapers In June of 2016 I arbitrarily received an email the day I was
supposed to participate in a town meeting at LNP and warned me that I was banned and
had been for years although in the year before I had meetings with editors regarding my
MOVANT standing in the Lisa Michelle Lambert case.
31. TELLUS360, May of 2016, I went to enter on a weekend night and the doorman told me
I could not enter that night without any explanation or reason.
32.Yorgos Restaurant and Bar, The owner, Mrs. Arbitrarily barred me during the month of
March, right before the false imprisonment at the NSA in Ft. Meade, Maryland
33.Annie Baily's Irish Pub, A bartender arbitrarily barred me in July, then they allowed me
in then again a so called Manager banned me again. I recorded the last incident.
34.Altana Club, Bar, and Meeting Space On Thursday, July 14, 2016 Scott, the bartender
arbitrarily banned me, which again I recorded.
35.The Press Room Bar and Restaurant A bartender arbitrarily barred me, then again on
Thursday July 14, 2016 another bartender banned me, which again I recorded.
All of the above use the tactics of threats and harassment in order to invoke and provoke a
response worthy of arrest or involuntary psychiatric commitment. When the strategy fails they
resort in illegal verbal no trespass notices by low level employees. In the summer of 2015 a
Lancaster City Police Officer, while parked at the Sunnoco convenience store on the corner of West
Orange and Prince Street informed me that the establishments were required to provide written
notice, or they could not be enforced.
Downtown Lancaster Establishment's that have been endorsing and engaging in

WHOLESALE STALKING, HARASSMENT, AND COLLUSION TO PHYSICAL THREATS OF
VIOLENCE ON A REGULAR BASIS, 2005 to present:
Yorgos Restaurant and Bar

Mariott Bar at Penn Square
Annie Baily's Irish Pub
TELLIUS 360 Irish Pub, Nightclub, and now computer lab
Altana Club, Bar, and Meeting Space
Cigar Bar
O'Hallorans Bar and Restaurant
Lancaster Dispensing Company
The Press Room Bar and Restaurant
The Federal Taphouse
Lancaster City Police Department Headquarters
Dated: March 18, 2016

Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 37
37
36
37
2737
37
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 38
38
37
38
2838
38
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 39
39
38
39
2939
39
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
! " # " $% &
! " #
$ %
"&# '
$ ( %
' ( " ") " * ) ! " ! + " * " ,

! , "" ! " ! " ! " ! , ,
+ " - ! ! )
*
% ( *
(
%
! .
/"0 ! , * 1 ! + 2"3
4 - 1 " " 1 , ! !
4 1 , ! ! ) ** ! "
! 5 6 ) " " # 4 4 + &,,-
. . $ / ..$/
&,,0
% % 1 2 1
%
&,, 3 &,, %
4 %
%
& , , " " " !, " 5

00 6
7 8 9
%
: 7 - 8, 9 , "2 ! " , , , ! 1 , ** !
, ! : 7 ) , . 4 ;
&,,- ( &<;= 5 (
> $;$ ? $
! % % 4
1 &,,@ &,,= ,
$ >
A 1 B3 .+
&,,=
1 B3 2
>
%
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 40
40
39
40
3040
40
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
< ) * " ) ! A 24
1 ! ' &,, &, , A %
1 2 5 % % " #9 9
- ! ) " " " ; " , . 4

4 "$ C# &,,@(&,,= A D $
3 1 B 3 24 %
5
! %
% &,,0 4 % %
! %3 %
@ < " - "" * ,! " + , :

! * % E % 0 =
9 9
$ 0 =9 00&9 00 &,,- &, , $
!
% %
! %
D 3 $ ! % %
3
= )) /4 0 ), " $ ;
F G + 0 = / F G %
! + $ 3 00 &,,<
3 * E
3 3 " H %#
$ / %
$ D $ $ . +
&,,- &, ,
4 !- " , - .
3 * &,,@ D $ / B
$ &,,
0 6 -) ! 24 0 = . A * D
/ 4 / 00 3 $ 00=; 00 .
5 :
, # ! 7 3 %
&,,- &, , ! D $
$ ! D $ 3 D 3 $ D % A
D E 7F ! 8F
D $ &,,- &,,0 >
% ! D $
3 D A %
; % . + % %
4 E
$
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 41
41
40
41
3141
41
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
) 7 24 00
F F A $;$ (F 7 8 !
.
,-(&& &,,- 1 $
2 1 3
& # = $ % &,,- D $ /
B 3 1
: 5 " * < :# ) " . 0 = / F G

00 9 00=( 00 9 &,,- &, , . 3 B
B 3 1 $ 3
. / $
< > ) "" "" " 0 =

/ ;3 $ &,,@
- #, " ! "" " E % D E $

&,,- $ D 3
@ " " " 24 = 0 = &, &,,- &,,@

$ 3 D $ $ $ 3 !
= " ) " " = , D $ 3 0 =

@, &,,@ ! @, 1
&,,@
9
!
@, !
#" !, ! " "1 , " ! "* # ) ": - " E

0 = / F
G . &,,-
! !
B 3
0 " # ) . 0 = / F G 00 9
00=( 00 9 &,,- &, , . 3 B
B 3 1 $ 3 /
$ : &,,-
' 9 9 9 9 9 A
&, ( " , !
. 00 $ 3
$ ! 7 8
&, , !
F &,, &, ,
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 42
42
41
42
3242
42
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
& , * " *# ) F ) $
&& " : !- &,,- 4
% A D $ 3 1
&: ;! , ! " > ? " 24 &,,0

5 > ; B
%
&< ) < !- $ / %
$ D $ $ . + &,,-
&, , F $ %
&, , 5 % % (
2 %
&- - A &,,- &, , $ A )

A + .+ $ $
&@ * ! : : , * * @ 7 " . 3
0 = &,, &,,0
3 *
&= 5 ! ! 6 ) " " 7 "! ) " ": )" .

4 &,,@ E 4 &,,@
"
#
& 5 ! !6 ) " " ; . 4 &,,-
&0 ! < ") + " . / 0 = "&# @

- 9 &,,@ : 9 &,,0
9 &, , . $ $ / B
00 &,,
:, 7 ) , * * ! " F
0 =
A ;A 0 =
F 0 =
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 43
43
42
43
3343
43
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
3 ! ! 6 0 = 0 =
" $ . .
+ 1 $ . #
I $ $ "2
! $ + # ' J +
. 00&
+$;F &,;&, F 00 ! '
D 3 $ 24
"$ A + 1 . #
$ $ $ 1 1 "1E1# $
K 0=,K
E K 3 > L F F . A
A . F + B + 1 $
+ 1 $ $
$ 1
1 B 6 $ 3 >
+ B 1 $
$ ! 00,K
> 1 B 3 > 1 B3 F
! F ! ! A ! ! >
1 1
00 % F F
) % 3 F 7 8
&,,- & 1 1
! 4 '
A
. 3 ! 4
A F 4 0<,K 4
0=,K 0 ,K 00,K
9 A .
1 3 > % 2! 4
/ &,, F ) %$ A .
0@,K D 1 4 A? D!B
0@,K " # +
$ 0 <9 F $ $ * 00 /
7 D 18
.
E % 0 =
$ % 0 ,K M
M 1 $ 0 = 00
00= E % / % 4 !
&,,- (
9 9
; !
1 $ $ !2B+EF2
D $ 3 ,-( (&&
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 44
44
43
44
3444
44
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
# ") ! "
7! N (
O O
N
.
!
5 4 (
F 5 (
G A 8
A' , ? * ? 1 * " " * #" !, " " , , * 7 "
!, A ,
( > " !, '! B $C * #" !, D ! " &
73 "
# (
K ; 2
.
" #( K !
; 5
7 ! 8 9 9 9 9
9 9 %
! % (
% '
5
% !
7A 8 ! $ ' O 7D .2 (
8 ! 8 *
O
% 8
' + ( -
7 (
' % (
! % % %
4 %
K
K M M M % M
% (
K 8
' + - 6 "
7E %
' N %( (
4 (
; ! (
(
7 8 (
7 8
87 - 7 > !,
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 45
45
44
45
3545
45
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
! * , " 1"
! , * 1 3
@ E ! DD ! 1 * )) )
@ E ! DD -
B &. @ DD
B @ . DD ") ! " , " *" * ( ! ") "
"
B @ & DD ) "
B @ . DD ) * , " ! * 1
B @ & DD ) ! * " *
B @ $ DD ") ! 7
B @ DD 7
B @ E DD "!
" * *
. @ EB& DD ! * ) * , "
. @ EB DD ") ! 1 ,! * , "
& @ & B DD 6, " 1 ) ! "
B @ DD 5 " ! !
B @ & DD 1 "": !
B @ DD ) 1 , 1 "": !
B @ & DD > " 1 "": !
B @ DD ' " ! ! " ! * ! * " "
B@ E DD ) ; !" * , " ) ) " !

) * 1 ,"
B@ % DD *) F ) ! , ! ) F
"E # PPPPPPP " %#
>7 '?
% 4 %
" Stan J. Caterbone

# PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
F " Stan J. Caterbone

# PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
1 June 19, 2015

PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
Pennsylvania
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP $
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
Lancaster
19
PPPPPPP June
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP 15
&,PP
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
Stan J. Caterbone - I was a notary from '94-'98 F 3 24 Don't Know When
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
SJC I
. . $ / I $ Q &, , "!
&, , . . $ / I #
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 46
46
45
46
3646
46
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 47
47
46
47
3747
47
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
THE ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP Page 35 of 41 06/10/2007
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 48
48
47
48
3848
48
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
THE ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP Page 36 of 41 06/10/2007
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 49
49
48
49
3949
49
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 50
50
49
50
4050
50
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page 51
51
50
51
4151
51
of
of
of
of
of51
51
of
50
51
51
51
41 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
March
Saturday, March
December
15,
March
2016
October15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15,
10, 2015
2016
scaterbone@live.com
https://www.scribd.com/stan5j.5caterbone
Stan J. Caterbone
1250 Fremont Street
Lancaster, PA 17603
(717)669-2163
PRESS RELEASE
Saturday, July 4, 2015
Lancaster, Pennsylvania, Advanced Media Group and Stan J. Caterbone Proposed ORGANIZED
STALKING AND DIRECTED ENERGY WEAPONS HARASSMENT BILL to Pennsylvania House of
Representative Mike Sturla (Lancaster, Pennsylvania) and City of Lancaster Mayor Richard Gray.
The draft legislation is the work of Missouri House of Representative Jim Guest, who has been
working on helping victims of these horrendous crimes for years. The bill will provide protections to
individuals who are being harassed, stalked, harmed by surveillance, and assaulted; as well as
protections to keep individuals from becoming human research subjects, tortured, and killed by
electronic frequency devices, directed energy devices, implants, and directed energy weapons.
Stan J. Caterbone has been a victim of organized stalking since 1987 and a victim of electronic and
direct energy weapons since 2005. He has also been telepathic since 2005. Stan J. Caterbone will
help introduce measures that also pertain to remote viewing; mental telepathy and synthetic
telepathy in more detail. Personal accounts of his pain and torture are also filed in various United
States federal and state courts.
We are urging you to contact your local representatives and support our efforts to pass this
legislation. Below you will find the listings of Pennsylvania State Representatives.
For More Information Please Contact Us At: scaterbone@live.com and visit our library of
documents at https://www.scribd.com/stan5j.5caterbone
_________________________________________________
The draft of the legislation can be found on the following page:
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
222
1of
2of
2
ofof
151
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
111of
1of
1
ofof
51
51
of
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Tuesday,
March
March
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
17, 2016
15, 2015
Capitol Office District Office

State Capitol Second Street
Jefferson City Mo. King City Mo.
573-751-0246 660-535-6664
May 21, 2009
To Whom It May Concern,
This letter is to ask for your help for the many constituents in our country who are being affected unjustly
by electronic weapons torture and covert harassment groups. Serious privacy rights violation and physical
injuries have been caused by the activities of these groups and their use of so-called non-lethal weapons on
men, women, and even children.
I am asking you to play a role in helping these victims and also stopping the massive movement in the use
of Veri-chip and RFID technologies in tracking Americans.
Long before Veri-chip was known we were testing these devices on Americans, many without their
knowledge or consent.
There are new revelations of the cancer risk besides the privacy and human rights problems with the use of
Veri-chip and RF signals.
I am asking for your help in stopping these abuses and aiding those already affected.
Sincerely,
Rep. Jim Guest
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
444
3of
4of
4
ofof
51
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
333
2of
3of
3
ofof
51
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
Organized Stalking and Directed Energy Devices and Weapons Bill
Section 1. Short Title -

This bill may be cited as the Organized Stalking and Directed Energy Devices and Weapons
Bill
Section 2. Findings and Purpose

A) Findings
1) The constitution guarantees the right of the people to be secure in their person. The Declaration
of Independence asserts as self-evident that all men have certain inalienable rights and that among
these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.
2) As Supreme Court Justice Louis Brandeis wrote in 1928, the framers of the Constitution sought
"to protect Americans in their beliefs, their thoughts, their emotions, and their sensations." It is for
this reason that they established, as against the government, the right to be let alone as "the most
comprehensive of rights and the right most valued by civilized men.
3) The first principle of the Nuremberg Code states that with respect to human research, the
voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential. The Nuremberg Code further
asserts that such consent must be competent, informed, and comprehending.
4)There are current regulations implementing the obligations of the United States to adhere to
Article 3 of the United Nations Convention Against Torture and other Forms of Cruel, Inhumane or
Degrading Treatment including all terms that are Subject to any reservations, understandings,
declarations, and provisions contained in the United States Senate resolution of ratification of the
Convention.
B) Purpose
To establish regulations and penalties for those who use any type of electronic frequency devices,
directed energy devices, implants, surveillance technology, and directed energy weapon to
purposefully cause any of the following: stalking, harassing, mental or physical harm, injury,
harmful surveillance, torture, diseases, and death to any United States citizen.
Section 3. Organized Stalking

If two or more persons willfully, maliciously, and repeatedly follow or willfully and maliciously
harass another person and who make a credible threat with the intent to place that person in
reasonable fear for his or her safety, or the safety of his or her immediate family, they are guilty of
the crime of organized stalking, punishable by imprisonment in a county jail for not more than one
year, or by not more than one thousand dollars ($ 1,000), or by both that fine and imprisonment,
or by imprisonment in a federal prison.
If two or more persons violate subdivision (a) when there is a temporary restraining order,
injunction, or any other court order in effect prohibiting the behavior described in subdivision (a)
against the same party, they shall be punished by imprisonment in the state prison for two, three,
or four years.
For the purposes of this section, "harass" means engages in a knowing and willful course of
conduct directed at a specific person that seriously alarms, annoys, torments, or terrorizes the
person, or damages his personal property or possessions and that serves no legitimate purpose. *
**
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
555
4of
5of
5
ofof
251
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
For the purposes of this section, "course of conduct" means two or more acts occurring over a
period of time, however short, evidencing a continuity of purpose. Constitutionally protected
activity is not included within the meaning of "course of conduct."
For the purposes of this section, "credible threat" means a verbal or written threat, including that
performed through the use of an electronic communication device, or a threat implied by a pattern
of conduct or a combination of verbal, written, or electronically communicated statements and
conduct, made with the intent to place the person that is the target of the threat in reasonable fear
for his or her safety or the safety of his or her family, or personal property or possessions and
made with the apparent ability to carry out the threat so as to cause the person who is the target
of the threat to reasonably fear for his or her safety or the safety of his or her family or personal
property or possessions. It is not necessary to prove that the defendant had the intent to actually
carry out the threat. The present incarceration of a person making the threat shall not be a bar to
prosecution under this section. Constitutionally protected activity is not included within the
meaning of "credible threat."
For purposes of this section, the term "electronic communication device" includes, but is not limited
to, telephones, cellular phones, computers, video recorders, fax machines, pagers or synthetic
telepathy devices.
The sentencing court also shall consider issuing an order restraining the defendant from any
contact with the victim, that may be valid for up to 10 years, as determined by the court. It is the
intent of the Legislature that the length of any restraining order be based upon the seriousness of
the facts before the court, the probability of future violations, and the safety of the victim and his
or her immediate family.
For purposes of this section, "immediate family" means any spouse, parent, child, any person
related by consanguinity or affinity within the second degree, or any other person who regularly
resides in the household, or who, within the prior six months, regularly resided in the household.
Section 4. Punishment for threats

Any person or persons who willfully threatens to commit a crime which will result in death or great
bodily injury to another person, with the specific intent that the statement, made verbally, in
writing, or by means of an electronic communication device, is to be taken as a threat, even if
there is no intent of actually carrying it out, which, on its face and under the circumstances in
which it is made, is so unequivocal, unconditional, immediate, and specific as to convey to the
person threatened, a gravity of purpose and an immediate prospect of execution of the threat, and
thereby causes that person reasonably to be in sustained fear for his or her own safety or for his or
her immediate family's safety, shall be punished by imprisonment in a federal prison not to exceed
one year..
For the purposes of this section, "immediate family" means any spouse, whether by marriage or
not, parent, child, any person related by consanguinity or affinity within the second degree, or any
other person who regularly resides in the household, or who, within the prior six months, regularly
resided in the household.
"Electronic communication device" includes, but is not limited to, telephones, cellular telephones,
computers, video recorders, fax machines, pagers or synthetic telepathy devices
Obscene, threatening or annoying communication

(a) Every person or persons who, with intent to annoy, telephones or makes constant contact by
means of an electronic communication device with another and addresses to or about the other
person any obscene language or addresses to the other person any threat to inflict injury to the
person or any member of his or her family, or any property or personal possessions is guilty of a
misdemeanor. Nothing in this subdivision shall apply to telephone calls or electronic contacts made
in good faith.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
666
5of
6of
6
ofof
351
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
(b) Every person or persons who makes repeated telephone calls or makes repeated contact by
means of an electronic communication device with intent to annoy another person at his or her
residence, is, whether or not conversation ensues from making the telephone call or electronic
contact, is guilty of a misdemeanor. Nothing in this subdivision shall apply to telephone calls or
electronic contacts made in good faith.
(c) Every person or persons who makes repeated telephone calls or makes repeated contact by
means of an electronic communication device with the intent to annoy another person at his or her
place of work is guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not more than one thousand
dollars ($ 1,000), or by imprisonment in a federal prison for not more than one year, or by both
that fine and imprisonment. Nothing in this subdivision shall apply to telephone calls or electronic
contacts made in good faith. This subdivision applies only if one or both of the following
circumstances exist:
(1) There is a temporary restraining order, an injunction, or any other court order, or any
combination of these court orders, in effect prohibiting the behavior described in this section.
(2) The person or persons makes repeated telephone calls or makes repeated contact by means of
an electronic communication device with the intent to annoy another person at his or her place of
work, totaling more than 10 times in a 24-hour period, whether or not conversation ensues from
making the telephone call or electronic contact, and the repeated telephone calls or electronic
contacts are made to the workplace of an adult or fully emancipated minor who is a spouse, former
spouse, cohabitant, former cohabitant, or person with whom the person has a child or has had a
dating or engagement relationship or is having a dating or engagement relationship.
(d) Any offense committed by use of a telephone may be deemed to have been committed where
the telephone call or calls were made or received. Any offense committed by use of an electronic
communication device or medium, including the Internet, may be deemed to have been committed
when the electronic communication or communications were originally sent or first viewed by the
recipient.
(e) Subdivision (a), (b), or (c) is violated when the person acting with intent to annoy makes a
telephone call requesting a return call and performs the acts prohibited under subdivision (a), (b),
or (c) upon receiving the return call.
(f) If probation is granted, or the execution or imposition of sentence is suspended, for any person
or persons convicted under this section, the court may order as a condition of probation that the
person participate in counseling.
(g) For purposes of this section, the term "electronic communication device" includes, but is not
limited to, telephones, cellular phones, computers, video recorders, fax machines, pagers or
synthetic telepathy devices.
Section 5. Assault and battery with an electronic or directed energy weapon

Any person or persons who in the course of organized stalking and harassment, commits an assault
upon the person of another with an unauthorized directed energy weapon shall be punished by
imprisonment in a federal prison for two, three, or four years or by a fine not exceeding ten
thousand dollars ($10,000).
For the purposes of this section the term directed energy weapon is defined as any device that
directs a source of energy (including molecular or atomic energy, subatomic particle beams,
electromagnetic radiation, plasma, or extremely low frequency (ELF) or ultra low frequency (ULF)
energy radiation) against a person or any other unacknowledged or as yet undeveloped means of
inflicting death or injury; or damaging or destroying, a person (or the biological life, bodily health,
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
777
6of
7of
7
ofof
451
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
mental health, or physical and economic well-being of a person via land-based, sea-based, or
space-based systems using radiation, electromagnetic, psychotronic, sonic, laser, or other energies
directed at individual persons or targeted populations for the purpose of information war, mood
management, or mind control of such persons or populations; or by expelling chemical or biological
agents in the vicinity of a person.
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
888
7of
8of
8
ofof
551
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
Richmond council passes resolution

supporting ban on space-based
weapons
May 20, 2015

FacebookTwitterMore
9 comments
The Richmond City Council passed a resolution Tuesday supporting a ban on space-based
weapons after a lengthy discussion over whether individuals are being psychologically
and physically harmed by exotic government-patented attacks from high in the sky.
Councilmember Jovanka Beckles, a member of the Richmond Progressive Alliance (RPA),
introduced the resolution, saying it begins to address concerns of a Richmond resident
who claims shes been targeted by remote transmission from space-based weaponry.
Others claiming to have suffered physical and psychological attacks traveled from around
the country to speak at Tuesdays council meeting. One speaker claimed to have been
zapped multiple times right before his testimony at council.
The resolution supports the Space Preservation Act and Space Preservation Treaty
permanently banning space-based weapons, even though the legislation first introduced
by Rep. Dennis Kucinich in 2001 has never gained traction in Congress. It appears that
Richmond is the first municipality in the U.S. to take up this lofty issue in more than a
decade. In 2002, the City of Berkeley passed a similar resolution supporting the ban.
Conspiracy theorists believe the resolution is a step toward ensuring secret weaponry
such as chemtrails, which are trails left in the sky by high-flying aircraft that supposedly
emit a chemical or biological agent, can no longer target unwitting citizens. For RPA
members on the council, the resolution is also an anti-war initiative.
RPA members on council, Gayle McLaughlin and Eduardo Martinez, also voted in favor of
the resolution. Vice Mayor Jael Myrick and Councilmember Nat Bates were the final two
yes votes, although Bates claimed he was confused by the discussion.
Im going to support the resolution for the simple reason that we have voted on a lot of
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
999
8of
9of
9
ofof
851
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016
dumb ideas, Bates said.

Mayor Tom Butt voted no, saying he believes the conspiracy theory behind space-based
weapons is above the heads of city leaders and has taken time away from more pressing
city matters such as the budget deficit, potholes, and crime. Butt has complained in the
past about the RPA attempting to hijack council sessions to push a radical agenda
regardless of whether the issues are important to Richmond residents.
The mayor also pointed to a signed 1967 treaty banning the militarization of space.
The other dissenting vote came from Councilmember Vinay Pimple, who pointed out that
supporting a limitation on the ability of the U.S. to defend against attacks from long-
range missiles might not be wise.
Pimple disputed what he called knee-jerk reactions from RPA members who depicted
President Ronald Reagans proposed space-based anti-missile program of 1983, known as
the Star Wars initiative, as inherently evil. The Cold War initiative was intended to
defend against USSR missiles during the Cold War and was shelved not for the projects
moral ambiguity but its perceived effectiveness, Pimple said.
The idea behind Star Wars, Pimple said, is you can knock out someones weapons long
before they enter your air space. The U.S. used Patriot missiles to knock out Iraqi Scuds
targeting Israel and Saudi Arabia, he added.
RPA members, however, argued that this issue is not just about war but about the
individuals in the U.S. who believe governments are using futuristic weapons in space for
the purpose of inflicting pain and mind control. Martinez argued that they may very well
be telling the truth. He recalled a science fiction novel he wrote a paper on during college
that predicted truths 20 years in advance.
Its easy for me to see that things which are wrong can happen because we have the
wrong mindset, Martinez said.
Myrick said he supported the resolution because he doesnt support war.
The weaponization of spaceis something I think is extremely immoral and we should
not be as a nation engaging in, Myrick said. Maybe some wars are unavoidable, that
may be true. But whatever we can do to get our country away from that mindset..thats
why I support this resolution.
Amy Lee Anderson, a targeted individual who brought the matter to Beckles attention,
was thankful that the council took up the issue.
No where in the United States, no targeted individual can get this support, Anderson
said. We just needed one person, one city. Because of that, you all our heroes. We are
dying within because the technology is so sophisticated. Its hard for someone who has
no experience to fathom it, its so sophisticated.
Related posts:
1. Richmond councilmember pushes city resolution banning exotic space-based
weapons
2. Dirty bomb drill in Richmond alarms conspiracy theorists, including Alex Jones
Comments
1. Cmon Richmond Standard.your bias is showing!
Advanced
Stan
Stan
J. Caterbone
J. Media
Medi
Caterbone
Group
Grop
Group
Executive
Executive
Press
PressSummary
Executive
Release
Release
Summary
Summary Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
Page
10
10
10
910
10
of
of
of
9of
51
51
of
50
51
51
51 Tuesday,
Thursday,
Tuesday,
Friday,
Tuesday,
MarchMarch
December
15,
March
2016
15,
3/15/2016
2016
11,
17, 2015
15, 2016

President Trump&#39;s Executive Order 13769 by ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP - February 10, 2017 With Karen Stewart

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

President Trump&#39;s Executive Order 13769 by ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP - February 10, 2017 With Karen Stewart

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Published by ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP, LTD.

Federal Register Presidential Documents

Wednesday, February 1, 2017

Title 3 Executive Order 13769 of January 27, 2017

By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws

of National Intelligence, shall immediately conduct a review to determine

a report on the results of the review described in subsection (a) of this

of Investigation shall implement a program, as part of the adjudication

used by multiple applicants; amended application forms that include ques-

that the admission of such individuals as refugees is in the national interest

nationals by the foreign country, to the extent practicable.

(i) information regarding the number of foreign nationals in the United

THE WHITE HOUSE,

[FR Doc. 201702281

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

UNITED STATES COURT OF APPEALS

STATE OF WASHINGTON; STATE OF No. 17-35105

DONALD J. TRUMP, President of the ORDER

Motion for Stay of an Order of the

Argued and Submitted February 7, 2017

Filed February 9, 2017

Before: William C. Canby, Richard R. Clifton, and

Per Curiam Order

President Trump's Executive

August E. Flentje (argued), Special Counsel to the Assistant

Noah G. Purcell (argued), Solicitor General; Marsha Chien

Jacob Campion, Assistant Attorney General; Alan I. Gilbert,

At issue in this emergency proceeding is Executive

President Trump's Executive

temporarily enjoined enforcement of the Executive Order.

To rule on the Governments motion, we must consider

On January 27, 2017, the President issued Executive

President Trump's Executive

States must be vigilant during the visa-issuance process to

The Executive Order makes several changes to the

The impact of the Executive Order was immediate and

President Trump's Executive

immediately canceled, hundreds of travelers with such visas

Washington asked the district court to declare that the

President Trump's Executive

That evening, the court entered a written order granting

The Government filed a notice of appeal the next day and

President Trump's Executive

The States argue that we lack jurisdiction over the

We are satisfied that in the extraordinary circumstances

President Trump's Executive

should be considered to have the qualities of a reviewable

The Government argues that the district court lacked

Article III, section 2 of the Constitution allows federal

President Trump's Executive

presentations sharpened. Massachusetts, 549 U.S. at 517

To establish Article III standing, a plaintiff must

Because standing is an indispensable part of the

The States argue that the Executive Order causes a

President Trump's Executive

Specifically, the States allege that the teaching and

According to declarations filed by the States, for

Under the third party standing doctrine, these injuries

President Trump's Executive

rights of the students, scholars, and faculty affected by the

Most relevant for our purposes, schools have been

President Trump's Executive

of the States universities here are aligned with their

President Trump's Executive Order 13769 by ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP - February 10, 2017 With Karen Stewart

President Trump's Executive Order 13769 by ADVANCED MEDIA GROUP - February 10, 2017 With Karen Stewart